SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934

        FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM APRIL 1, 1998 TO DECEMBER 31, 1998

                         Commission File Number: 1-10210

                            EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               d/b/a eGlobe, Inc.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

         DELAWARE                                       13-3486421
(State or other jurisdiction of              (I.R.S. Employer Identification
incorporation of organization)                                No.)

         2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Suite 4800, Washington, DC 20006
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:     (303) 691-2115          
                                                  ------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  NONE

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                          COMMON STOCK $.001 PAR VALUE
                                (Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding  12 months (or for any  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

                                  Yes     No  X
                                     ----   ----

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]

The  aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of the
registrant  based on the  closing  sale price of such stock as of March 31, 1999
amounted to $51,388,246.

The number of shares  outstanding of each of the registrant's  classes of common
stock as of March 31, 1999 was 21,344,694  shares, all of one class of $.001 par
value common stock.







                            EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                               d/b/a/ eGlobe, Inc.
                                    FORM 10-K

                    NINE MONTH PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                                                                                       PAGE
                                                                                                                       ----
                                                                                                                  
     PART I           Item 1     Business                                                                              4-33

                      Item 2     Properties                                                                             34

                      Item 3     Legal Proceedings                                                                      34

                      Item 4     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

     PART II          Item 5     Market for Registrant's Common Stock and Related
                                 Stockholder Matters                                                                   35-37

                      Item 6     Selected Consolidated Financial Information                                            38

                      Item 7     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                 Condition and Results of Operations                                                   39-52

                     Item 7A     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Rate                              52

                      Item 8     Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                           F-1 to F-53

                      Item 9     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
                                 Accounting and Financial Disclosure

    PART III         Item 10     Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant                                   48 - 52

                     Item 11     Executive Compensation                                                               52 - 60

                     Item 12     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
                                 Management                                                                           60 - 64

                     Item 13     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                                         64

     PART IV         Item 14     Exhibits, Financial Statements, Schedules and Reports on
                                 Form 8-K                                                                               65

   SIGNATURES                                                                                                          66-67

                        G        Glossary                                                                              G1-G3









                            EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                               d/b/a/ eGlobe, Inc.
                                     PART I

ITEM 1 - BUSINESS (GENERAL)
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This annual report on Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements
that involve  risks and  uncertainties.  In addition,  members of the  Company's
senior  management  may,  from  time  to  time,  make  certain   forward-looking
statements   concerning  the  Company's   operations,   performance   and  other
developments.  The Company's  actual results could differ  materially from those
anticipated in such  forward-looking  statements as a result of various factors,
including  those  set forth  under  the  caption  "Business--Risk  Factors"  and
elsewhere in this annual  report on Form 10-K,  as well as factors  which may be
identified  from time to time in the Company's other filings with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  or  in  the  documents  where  such   forward-looking
statements  appear.  Unless the context suggests  otherwise,  references in this
annual  report on Form  10-K to  "eGlobe"  or to the  "Company"  mean  Executive
TeleCard, Ltd. and its subsidiaries.


- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  OUR BUSINESS

     The Company is  incorporated  in the State of Delaware  under the corporate
name of Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd. On August 14, 1998,  we began doing  business
under the name  ("d/b/a/")  eGlobe.  Management  believes  that  creating  a new
corporate  identity is an important  step in the  continuing  development of the
Company. The common stock of the Company is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market
under the symbol "EGLO".

General 

     In 1998, the Company restructured key portions of its operations, refocused
its business,  and changed its name. It took these  actions  because  management
believed that the Company  needed to  concentrate on what it does best and do it
better.

     The business of eGlobe is to provide  services to large  telecommunications
companies,  primarily to telephone companies that are dominant in their national
markets, and to specialized  telephone companies,  to Internet Service Providers
("ISP's")  and to issuers of credit  cards as well.  The services of the Company
enable its  customers to provide  global reach for  "enhanced"  or "value added"
telecommunications services that they supply, in turn, to their customers. Until
1998,  the entire focus of eGlobe was on supporting  calling card  services.  In
1998, that focus began to change.


                                       4





     Taking  advantage of our key assets - our operating  platforms in more than
40  countries,  our  ability to  originate  telephone  calls (and in many cases,
provide data access) in more than 90 countries and territories, and our customer
and  operating  relationships  built  over the years - we started  working  with
customers to extend their lines of services.  A key part of that  extension  was
the recognition  that "IP" (Internet  Protocol)  technologies had become a basic
element of our  business and a principal  need of our  customers - even the card
services  business relies on portions of its billing and operating  functions on
IP software and  services.  To support the  extension  of services,  in December
1998,  we acquired  IDX  International,  Inc.  ("IDX") with its IP voice and fax
capabilities and made significant  investments in unified messaging software. In
addition, we began exploring ways to integrate other services into our operating
platforms,  including  additional  acquisitions  that might  complement  current
offerings or extend our portfolio of services.

     After our year of restructuring  and refocus,  we are implementing our new,
broader service  strategy and leave 1998 committed to a program of growth.  That
program will demand substantial new resources, particularly, human resources and
cash.  For those  reasons,  in the first quarter of 1999 we raised $10.0 million
from  the  sale of  equity,  arranged  a $20.0  million  debt  facility  from an
affiliate  of  a  major  stockholder,   entered  into  a  key  vendor  financing
arrangement,  and plan to raise substantial amounts of additional capital during
the next two  years.  Growth in the  international  telecommunications  business
often results in a disparity  between cash outlays and inflows during periods of
growth,  with outlays far exceeding inflows. If its growth plans are successful,
eGlobe anticipates a period of cash flow disparity.

     Management  expects  to invest in growth.  Cash will be the key  element of
that investment - whether it takes the form of recruiting  personnel,  acquiring
technology,  expanding  facilities,  or  extending  the  business  base  through
marketing or acquisitions.

     In 1998, we made two principal  investments in growth - the  acquisition of
IDX and the investment in, and acquisition of a technology  license for, unified
messaging  technology.  Already in 1999, we have furthered our strategy  through
the acquisition of Telekey,  Inc. ("Telekey") and our negotiations to extend our
role in unified  messaging  and  related  technologies  through a joint  venture
investment in the company that  developed  the  messaging  software that our new
services will be based upon.

Operating Platforms and IP Network

     In more than 40 locations  around the world,  we have  installed  operating
platforms.  These platforms are computers,  software and related  communications
termination equipment. In many instances,  our platforms are co-located with the
international gateway facilities of the dominant telecommunications company in a
national market - frequently that company is both the operating  partner and the
customer. The platforms are connected to both the local telephone network and to
international  networks. The platforms supply global services to our customers -
their functions  include managing voice and data access to one or more networks,
identifying and validating user access,  providing various levels of transaction
processing,  routing  calls or data  messages,  providing  access to  additional
service functions (for example,  the unified messaging service currently in beta
test), and supplying billing and accounting information. One of the strengths of
the platform is its



                                       5




inherent   flexibility,   subject  to  necessary   interface  and   applications
programming,  in  providing a "front  end" access node for a range of  different
services.

     Until the end of 1998,  we had no  transmission  facilities of our own. The
network of platforms relied on transmission services supplied by others to route
calls or messages.  With the  acquisition of IDX, that began to change.  IDX has
developed,   and  is   working   to   expand,   an   international   network  of
telecommunications  trunks that employ Internet  Protocol as the basic method of
transporting  telephone  calls,  faxes  or  data  messages.  Our  platforms  are
beginning  to use that  network  to route  calls  and  messages.  Use of the IDX
network to provide  transmission  services  for our other  services  will reduce
costs, create other operating  efficiencies and, perhaps most important,  permit
us to offer new IP based  services to our  customers,  services which would have
been difficult if not impossible to supply without the IDX network.

     IDX, like eGlobe works  principally as a provider to, and operating partner
with,  telephone  companies  and ISP's.  This key element of the IDX network and
service model helps it mesh with our operating platform service.  In combination
with us IDX is concentrating on developing  business and operating  arrangements
with the  existing  customers  of  eGlobe.  So far this  strategy  appears to be
successful,  establishing  IDX trunk  connections  collocated with the operating
platforms in the international gateway facilities of our customers.

Services

     In 1999, we will  concentrate on three lines of service:  Network  Services
(the IP  voice  and fax  capabilities  of IDX);  Card  Services;  and the  first
elements of a new suite of services  called "Global Office" which is being built
around the global access  capabilities of the operating  platforms and the first
phase of the unified messaging service.

Network Services

     We offer new, low-cost transmission services by transmitting  digitized and
compressed voice and data messages as IP packets over an  international  network
of frame  relay  which we  manage as a  packet-switched  private  network.  This
approach  resembles that used by many large  corporations to transport voice and
data over  their  wide area  networks.  We believe  that  IDX's  voice  service,
"CyberCall," and fax service,  "CyberFax," provide  significant  efficiencies to
customers,  compared to PSTN  transmission,  for the portion of the transmission
delivered by the IP network.  We believe that the call quality of IDX service is
comparable  to that of the PSTN. A portion of the telephony  connection  must be
routed  over the PSTN.  However,  by  increasing  the number of nodes on the IDX
network over time, as supported by traffic flow, we expect to reduce the portion
of the call  flowing  over the PSTN.  This should  reduce cost and  increase the
network's  efficiency,  since the call or fax can be  delivered  to the intended
recipient from the closest network node.

     IDX offers several additions to its each of its primary services, including
billing and report generation  designed  exclusively to support the CyberFax and
CyberCall  products.  We believe that these features  significantly  enhance the
attractiveness  of the IDX services to telephone  companies and



                                       6




internet service providers. We are working with telephone companies and ISP's to
increase  the use of the IDX network and  increase  the number of network  nodes
through which service can be delivered.

     eGlobe  offers an  international  toll free  service  ("Service  800") that
allows a caller  to make a long  distance  telephone  call  without  paying  the
applicable  international  toll  charges,  which are billed to the  Service  800
customer  (normally the  recipient of the calls).  This service was our original
service prior to introducing our calling card services several years ago. We are
presently  offering  international  toll-free  service for calls  originating in
Australia,  Austria, Canada, Denmark, France, Hong Kong, Japan, the Netherlands,
Switzerland,  the United  Kingdom,  the United  States and West  Germany,  among
others.  Given its  characteristics,  the  service  has been  consolidated  into
network services division managed by IDX.

Card Services

     Card Services provide customers (telephone companies,  ISP's and other card
issuers,  such as  specialized  carriers  and banks)  with the  ability to offer
calling card programs to their customers.  Services include platform  services -
we provide  our  operating  platforms  and the  customer  provides  transmission
services - and  enhancement  services where we provide a combination of platform
and transmission  services.  Calling card services include validation,  routing,
multi-currency  billing and  payments,  in addition to credit,  prepaid and true
debit functionality.

     The  service  is  designed  for  telecommunications   operators  (including
integrated telephone companies, wholesale network providers, resale carriers and
ISP's) and  corporations  looking for a calling card  solution to enhance  their
core  business  (which is often not related to  telecoms)  with  global  calling
capabilities on a prepaid,  postpaid, debit or limit basis. These customers want
us to originate and terminate calls domestically and internationally.  Customers
are billed  for use of the  platform  and  transmission  on a per minute  basis.
Contracts are ordinarily multi-year, sometimes with minimum use requirements.

     We  maintain  a central  processing  center in  Denver,  Colorado  for user
validation,  storage,  and  processing  of  billing  information.  We offer card
service customer  interface in multiple  languages  (whether via computer or via
operators).

     We provide 24-hour operator  assistance and other customer service options.
This assistance includes "default to operator"  assistance for calls from rotary
and pulse-tone  telephones.  Our operating  platforms  diverts calls placed from
such  telephones to an operator who processes the call. The  default-to-operator
feature  enables  access to our  Platforms  from any telephone in any country or
territory in our network.



The following table lists some features provided in our card services offerings:


                                       7




                              CALLING CARD FEATURES

   STANDARD FEATURES:                ENHANCED FEATURES:
   Operator Default                  Customized Languages, Prompts and Closing
   Operator Assistance               Conference Calling
   Language Selection                Translation Services
   Self-Selected PIN                 Access to U.S. Toll-Free Numbers
   Multiple Calling
   Star Key (*) Prompt Restart
   Auto Redial
   Prompt Interrupt
   Voice Mail Compatibility


GLOBAL OFFICE AND NEW SERVICES

     In 1998, we invested more than $1 million in unified  messaging and related
technologies  to help prepare the core  elements of a new service  offering.  In
combination  with  the  voice  and data  access  capabilities  of the  operating
platforms,  this unified  messaging  technology will provide a global capability
for an end  user  to dial  up the  internet  while  traveling,  or  dial  into a
corporate  intranet,  and retrieve and manage voice mail, email and faxes around
the world with a local telephone call.

     This new offering is being  developed in  combination  with key  customers,
primarily a handful of national  telephone  companies  that combine  their local
telephone dominance with a dominant internet position in their home markets. The
service  will be supplied to the  telephone  company  which will in turn make it
available to their telephone and internet customers - the target audience is the
early technology adapter and the business  executive and professional  traveling
away from the office.

     The unified messaging technology is software-based.  In facilities terms, a
server  will be  added  to the  operating  platform  to  support  the  messaging
functionality.

     The plan is to expand the first phase of the offering  described above over
the course of the next year with additional  services - in particular,  the same
software  that  supports  the  messaging  capability  is capable  of  supporting
voice-based telephone access to the net and the world wide web, both to retrieve
or review information or to support other transactions.


STRATEGY

     Our goal is to become a leading  network-based  provider of global software
defined services. To achieve this goal, our present strategy includes:


     BUILDING ON GLOBAL PRESENCE AND STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS

     We believe that international  relationships and alliances are important in
offering  services and that these  relationships  will be even more important as
competition expands globally. We have long-standing  relationships with national
telephone  companies and ISP's. We want to deepen our  relationships  with these
telecommunication  companies  and  increase the number of services we



                                       8




provide to them.  We believe  that we will have a  competitive  advantage to the
extent that we can maintain and further develop our existing relationships.


     EXPANDING  SERVICE  OFFERINGS  AND  FUNCTIONALITY  WHILE  MAINTAINING  CORE
SERVICES

     We believe that it will be necessary to offer a suite of enhanced  business
communications  services, and that the early providers of credible multi-service
offerings will have an advantage.  We have introduced global IP voice and IP fax
services,  and we plan to  introduce a broad range of other  services  including
Global  Office(TM).  We believe that new service offerings and increased product
diversification will allow us to achieve a greater return on assets,  reduce the
seasonality  of our revenue  stream and decrease  exposure to global or regional
economic  downturns.  We also believe that we will be well served by maintaining
our existing core card services business which is a necessary complement to many
of our planned new services.


     FOCUSING ON INTERNATIONAL CARRIERS AND OTHER CARD COMPANIES

     Many  telecommunications   companies  market  their  services  directly  to
businesses  and other end users.  We offer our services  principally to national
carriers and ISP's, as well as to some  specialized  telecom  companies and card
issuers.  These  companies,  in turn,  use our  services  to provide an enhanced
service  to their  customers.  We  believe  that  many of these  providers  will
continue to outsource the kind of services we offer and are increasingly seeking
new revenue sources by offering  value-added services such as those we intend to
offer. We also believe that we provide a cost-efficient  opportunity  because of
our existing  international network and low cost processing made possible by the
network  operating  platforms.  We further  believe that we derive a significant
advantage in marketing to these customers  because of our independence  from the
major global carriers, which allows national telephone companies, ISP's and card
issuers to do business with us without risking their customer bases.


     CONTINUING FOCUS ON THE BUSINESS TRAVELER

     In identifying and offering new services to support our customers,  we will
continue to pursue  services  which build upon our strengths,  particularly  our
global reach. As a result, we have has a particular focus on providing  services
that will be  valuable  to the  business  or  professional  user away from their
office, particularly traveling around the world.


INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

     During  the  last  decade,  due to  changing  regulatory  environments  and
numerous  mergers,  acquisitions  and alliances  among the major  communications
providers,   there  has  been  a   convergence   in  the  services   offered  by
communications  companies.  The  result  has  been  increased  globalization  of
services,  strong  competition  from new entrants into different  communications
industry  segments  and  the  increasing  need  to  differentiate  services.  In
addition,  companies  have been  focusing  on areas  where they have  expertise,
superior  technology  and  cost  advantages,  and have  sought  to  purchase  or
outsource the portions of the service where they do not have such advantages. We
believe that this trend is precipitating  the pursuit of new services and expect
that it will  result  in  increased  outsourcing  of  more  complex  value-added
services that are unrelated to the core expertise of an organization.




                                       9




     The evolving  environment  for  communications  has increased the number of
messages  sent and  received  and the types and means of  communications  mobile
professionals  use.  With advances in many areas of  communications  technology,
professionals and other travelers are demanding  additional  features from their
telephone and internet  providers,  particularly  ease of Internet access,  true
global access and unified messaging.


     INTERNET PROTOCOL (IP)

     Unlike the  transmission  technology  which is the basis of the PSTN, where
voice and data are transported in the form of relatively  continuous  analog and
digital signals, Internet Protocol-based  transmission transports voice and data
in the form of data  packets  which do not flow in a  continuous  channel.  As a
result of this  essentially  "random" packet transport  system,  the information
being  transported  - whether  voice,  video,  fax or other forms of messages or
information - is much more easily managed and manipulated. That relative ease of
management and manipulation leads to a wide range of new functions and services,
all of which are possible as a result of the underlying IP capability.  This has
led to a  proliferation  of IP  based  services  and is  rapidly  making  IP the
technical basis for many new value-added and enhanced services,  including voice
(telephone) services.  Indeed, our card services already rely on IP capabilities
in key billing and transaction management functions.

     IP,  therefore  will,  in our  judgement,  ultimately  become the  dominant
underlying  service  protocol.  That  means that  without  regard to the type of
information--whether  voice or data,  card service or messaging,  the ability to
call home or "surf" the  web--IP  will be a key  building  block for  "enhanced"
"value added", or "intelligent" network services in the future.

     With the acquisition of IDX and our investment in unified messaging, IP has
become a core technology in our service mix.

     Early Internet voice transmission was of poor quality,  but IP transmission
quality  improved  significantly  with the  development  of an IP "gateway" that
connects  telephone  calls between IP networks and PSTN  networks.  The computer
server  converts  the PSTN voice into data  packets and routes the data over the
Internet or another IP network. A second computer server in the destination area
converts the data back to analog form and switches it to the local phone network
as a local call.  IP gateways  have enabled IP telephony to evolve into numerous
new services and networks.

     IP telephony offers many benefits;

     o    simplified management;

     o    use for both  voice  and data  transmission  allows  consolidation  of
          traffic over a single network;

     o    reduction of overhead and maintenance  costs for the IP portion of the
          transmission, and

     o    enables use of applications such as video,  voice mail,  conferencing,
          messaging, data-sharing, and directory services over the same network.


                                       10




Other technologies--such as ISDN and ATM--also have brought some of the benefits
of  consolidating  telephone  and data  networks.  IP  transmission  also offers
ubiquity.  The  communications  industry  requires large scale acceptance of new
technologies  to justify  the massive  investment  in  infrastructure  needed to
implement  them.  The ubiquity and critical  mass that the Internet has achieved
has attracted  significant  investment and application  development,  which also
have promoted and developed IP transmission.


MARKET 

     The global  telecommunications  services industry is growing significantly.
Two of the fastest growth areas have been mobile communication  related services
and  international  telecommunication  services,  which have grown at impressive
rates.

     We believe that demand for global  telecommunications  services,  including
our offerings,  will continue to grow substantially as a result of (1) increased
reliance  by  business  users  on  telecommunication   services;  (2)  increased
globalization of business; and (3) use of the Internet.

     Changes in global  telecommunication  services have dramatically  increased
both the number of  messages  and the medium  used.  Messages  are  increasingly
taking  electronic form as electronic mail and other  electronic  communications
tools usage has grown.  Increased  e-mail usage,  in turn,  has led to increased
demand for mobile, dial-up access to the Internet.

     The  growth in the  global  telecommunications  market  also  reflects  the
increasingly  international  nature  of  business,  the  significant  growth  of
emerging and newly  industrialized  economies and the increase in  international
trade. We believe that as multinational  corporations globalize, and expand into
new markets, their demand for diverse and customized telecommunications services
will continue to grow. Increased globalization will lead to increased demand for
products and services that address the communication and information  management
needs of an increasingly mobile society. Growth in communication and information
demand  on the part of  international  travelers  is  further  evidenced  by the
proliferation of electronic devices (such as notebook and subnotebook  computers
with  modems,  both  wireline  and  wireless)  and the  explosive  growth of the
Internet,  corporate  intranets and network services that allow travelers remote
access to their home  offices.  As business  travel  grows,  the  percentage  of
travelers   who  have  a  need  for  remote   office  access  to  messaging  and
communication services will increase.

     The Internet continues to become a preferred solution in many circumstances
to the  increased  message  and  communication  needs of mobile  consumers.  The
worldwide commercial  Internet/intranet  market has grown very rapidly, and this
growth is expected to continue. Many factors are driving this increase in demand
for Internet access by an increasingly more mobile group of end users. Strategic
developments affecting this demand for nomadic Internet access include:

          o    increasing  deregulation  and  competition in  telecommunications
               markets;

          o    growth of  Internet  usage to a  critical  mass to  achieve  near
               universal acceptance;

          o    dramatic increase in the use of e-mail, and


                                       11




          o    decreasing access costs to backbone providers and end users.

     In addition to consumer  use,  corporations  have been moving  online.  The
number of large companies with a Web presence continues to increase, as does the
number  of  registered  commercial  domains.  This  increase  in  corporate  use
indicates how quickly the Internet has become a mainstream channel for corporate
marketing, communications and business transactions.


COMPETITION

     Our  industry  is  intensely   competitive   and  rapidly   evolving.   The
communications industry is dominated by companies much larger than us, with much
greater name recognition,  much larger customer bases and substantially  greater
financial, personnel, marketing, engineering, technical and other resources than
we have. In addition,  several other companies have commenced offerings, or have
announced  intentions  to offer,  enhanced  communications  services  similar to
certain of the enhanced services we plan to offer.

     Our core services  compete against  services  provided by companies such as
AT&T  Corp.,  British  Telecom,  MCI/Worldcom  and Global  One,  as well as some
smaller  multinational  providers.  In providing  enhanced services we expect to
compete with  businesses  already  offering or planning to offer such  services.
These companies include Premiere Technologies  (provides enhanced  communication
services and is developing a unified  messaging  platform),  JFAX (remote office
services)  and  General  Magic  (provides  IP based  integrated  voice  and data
applications). We expect other parties to develop platform products and services
similar to our services offered.

     We believe the principal factors affecting competition include services and
features,  geographic coverage, price, quality,  reliability of service and name
recognition.  We expect to build upon our global network and operating  platform
by offering a broader  range of services,  by expanding our  relationships  with
national  telephone  companies and other large companies that outsource business
to us, and by continuing to provide processing services efficiently.  We believe
we will be able to compete  effectively  if we can  successfully  implement  our
competitive  strategy.  However, to the extent other companies are successful in
offering superior enhanced  communication  services or introducing such services
before we do, we likely  would be  adversely  affected  and such  effects  could
material.  See "Risk  Factors-Rapid  technological  and  market  changes  create
significant risks to us."


SALES AND MARKETING

     We market our services to national telephone companies,  ISP's, specialized
telecom companies,  and card issuers which in turn provide our services to their
customers.  During 1998, we established a direct sales force  (approximately  15
people) to focus on sales to these customers.  To be close to our customers,  we
have based much of our direct sales force in Europe and Asia.  Also during 1998,
we established a marketing staff responsible  primarily for providing  marketing
support to the sales  efforts at varying  levels of  involvement.  The marketing
staff  also  promotes  the  Company's  corporate  image in the  marketplace  and
provides  marketing support to our customers to encourage their customers to use
our services. We pay sales commissions to our sales employees and agents.


                                       12




ENGINEERING 

     Our engineering personnel are responsible for provisioning and implementing
network upgrades and expansion and updating,  testing and supporting proprietary
software  applications,  as well  as  creating  and  improving  enhanced  system
features and services. Our software engineering efforts include (1) updating our
proprietary  network of operating  platforms and  integrating  our software with
commercially  available software and hardware when feasible, and (2) identifying
and  procuring  improved  services  compatible  with our  existing  services and
platforms.


TECHNOLOGY: INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

     We regard our operating platforms and our global IP voice, IP fax and other
software as proprietary and have implemented some protective measures of a legal
and practical  nature to ensure they retain that status.  We have filed a patent
application  relating to certain aspects of the operating platform with the U.S.
Patent  and  Trademark  Office,  and are  taking  steps  to  extend  our  patent
application  to certain  international  jurisdictions.  We have also  registered
certain trade or service marks with the U.S.  Patent and Trademark  Office,  and
applications for registration of additional marks are currently pending. Certain
trade or service  marks also have been  registered  in some  European  and other
countries, and applications for registration of additional marks are pending. In
addition to filing patents and registering  marks in various  jurisdictions,  we
obtain   contractual   protection   for  our   technology   by   entering   into
confidentiality  agreements  with our  employees  and  customers.  We also limit
access to and  distribution  of our  operating  platforms,  hardware,  software,
documentation and other proprietary information.

     There can be no assurance,  however, the steps we have taken to protect our
proprietary rights will be adequate to deter misappropriation of our technology.
Despite our measures,  competitors  could copy certain  aspects of our operating
platform  and  our  global  IP  voice,  IP fax  and  other  software  or  obtain
information which we regard as trade secrets. Further, if challenged,  there can
be no assurance we can successfully  defend any patent issued to us or any marks
registered by us. In any event,  we believe that such  technological  innovation
and  expertise and market  responsiveness  are as (or more)  important  than the
legal protections  described above. We believe it is likely our competitors will
independently  develop similar  technology and we will not have any rights under
existing laws to prevent the introduction or use of such  technology.  See "Risk
Factors--We  Have Only Limited  Protection of Proprietary  Rights and Technology
and are Exposed to Risks of Infringement Claims."


CUSTOMERS 

     For the nine month  period ended  December  31, 1998,  Telefonos de Mexico,
S.A., de C.V. ("Telmex"),  MCI and Worldcom,  Inc. (primarily its affiliates ATC
and LDDS), and Telecom Australia  accounted for 19%, 16% and 10%,  respectively,
of our revenues and were the only  customers  accounting  for 10% or more of our
revenues.  In the fourth calendar  quarter of 1998, we experienced a significant
and  permanent  decline in  revenues  from  several  North  American  customers,
particularly  Telmex.  See Item 7 -  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.


                                       13




REGULATION

     We are subject to regulation as a  telecommunications  service  provider in
some  jurisdictions.  In  addition,  we or a local  partner is  required to have
licenses or approvals in those countries where we operate and where equipment is
installed.


     UNITED STATES FEDERAL REGULATION

     Pursuant to the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the "Communications
Act"), the Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") is required to regulate the
telecommunications   industry   in  the  U.  S.  Under   current   FCC   policy,
telecommunications  carriers  reselling the services of other carriers,  and not
owning  domestic  telecommunications  transmission  facilities of their own, are
considered non-dominant and, as a result, are subject to streamlined regulation.
The degree of regulation  varies between  domestic  telecommunications  services
(services  which  originate  and terminate  within the U. S.) and  international
telecommunications services (services which originate in the U. S. and terminate
in a foreign country or vice versa).

     Non-dominant   providers  of  domestic   services  do  not  require   prior
authorization from the FCC to provide service.  However,  non-dominant providers
of international  services must obtain authorization to provide service from the
FCC  pursuant  to Section  214 of the  Communications  Act.  Carriers  providing
international  service also must file a tariff with the FCC,  setting  forth the
terms and conditions under which they provide  international  services.  The FCC
has determined that it no longer will require non-dominant providers of domestic
services  to file  tariffs,  but  instead  will  require  carriers  to post this
information  on the Internet.  That decision has been stayed,  pending appeal by
the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit.  We provide both
domestic  and  international  services to and from the U.S. and  therefore  must
possess  authority  under  Section 214 of the  Communications  Act and must file
tariffs for domestic and  international  services  with the FCC. We have held an
authorization  to provide  service since 1989. We also have tariffs on file with
the FCC setting forth the terms and conditions  under which we provide  domestic
and international services.

     In addition to these authorization and tariff requirements, the FCC imposes
a number of additional requirements on all telecommunications carriers.

     The  regulatory  requirements  in force today impose a  relatively  minimal
burden on us. There can be no assurance,  however,  that the current  regulatory
environment  and the present level of FCC regulation  will continue,  or that we
will continue to be considered non-dominant.


         NON-U.S. GOVERNMENT REGULATION

     Telecommunications  activities  are  subject to  government  regulation  to
varying  degrees in every country  throughout the world. In many countries where
we operate,  equipment  cannot be connected  to the  telephone  network  without
regulatory approval,  and therefore  installation and operation of our operating
platform or other  equipment  requires such approval.  We have licenses or other
equipment approvals in the jurisdictions where we operate. In most jurisdictions
where we conduct business,  we rely on our local partner to obtain the requisite
authority.  In many countries our



                                       14




local partner is a national telephone company, and in some jurisdictions also is
(or is controlled by) the regulatory authority itself.

     As a result of relying on our local  partners,  we are  dependent  upon the
cooperation of the telephone  utilities with which we have made arrangements for
our authority to conduct business, as well as for operational and certain of our
administrative   requirements.   Our  arrangements   with  these  utilities  are
nonexclusive  and take various forms.  Although some of these  arrangements  are
embodied in formal  contracts,  any telephone utility could cease to accommodate
our  requirements  at any time.  Depending  upon the  location of the  telephone
utility,  such action could have a material  adverse  effect on our business and
prospects.  In some  cases,  principally  countries  which  are  members  of the
European  Community  and the U.  S.,  laws  and  regulations  provide  that  the
arrangements  necessary  for us to conduct our  service  may not be  arbitrarily
terminated.  However,  the time and cost of enforcing  our rights may make legal
remedies impractical.  We presently have good relations with most of the foreign
utilities with which we do business.  There can be no assurance,  however,  that
such relationships will continue or that governmental  authorities will not seek
to regulate aspects of our services or require us to obtain a license to conduct
our business.

     Many aspects of our international  operations and business  expansion plans
are subject to foreign government  regulations,  including currency regulations.
There can be no assurance that foreign governments will not adopt regulations or
take other  actions that would have a direct or indirect  adverse  impact on our
business opportunities.  See "Risk Factors--Risks  Associated with International
Business."


     IP TELEPHONY

     The regulation of IP telephony is still evolving.  The U. S. FCC has stated
that some forms of IP telephony appear to be similar to "traditional"  telephone
service,  but the FCC has not decided whether,  or how, to regulate providers of
IP telephony. In addition,  several efforts have been made to enact U.S. federal
legislation  that would  either  regulate  or exempt  from  regulation  services
provided over the Internet.  State public  utility  commissions  also may retain
intrastate   jurisdiction  and  could  initiate   proceedings  to  regulate  the
intrastate aspects of IP telephony.  A number of countries currently prohibit IP
telephony.  Other  countries  permit but  regulate IP  telephony.  If and to the
extent that governments  prohibit or regulate IP telephony,  we could be subject
to regulation and possibly to a variety of penalties  under foreign or U.S. law,
including  without  limitation,  orders to cease  operations  or to limit future
operations,  loss of licenses  or of license  opportunities,  fines,  seizure of
equipment and, in certain foreign jurisdictions, criminal prosecution.


EMPLOYEES

     As of December 31, 1998, we employed two hundred-two  (202)  employees,  as
follows: one hundred eleven (111) in Denver,  Colorado,  seven (7) in Tarrytown,
New York, four (4) in Washington,  D.C., twenty-seven (27) in Reston,  Virginia,
one (1) in Nyon, Switzerland,  nine (9) in Silkeborg,  Denmark, fourteen (14) in
Hong Kong,  twenty-nine (29) in Taipei,  Taiwan,  one (1) in Brussels,  Belgium,
seven (7) in Godalming, United Kingdom and one (1) in Limassol, Cyprus. See Note
13 to the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements for geographic  business  segment
information.


                                       15




CERTAIN RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

     Effective with the period ended December 31, 1998, the Company changed to a
December 31,  fiscal year end.  Therefore,  the period  ended  December 31, 1998
represents  a nine month  period as compared to the twelve  month  fiscal  years
ended March 31, 1998, 1997, 1996 and 1995.

     IDX ACQUISITION.  On December 2, 1998, we acquired IDX International,  Inc.
("IDX"), a privately held Virginia corporation (the "IDX acquisition"). IDX is a
supplier of IP (Internet  protocol)  fax and IP voice  platforms and services to
telecommunications  operators and ISP's in 14 countries.  With 56 employees, IDX
currently  has  approximately  $6.5 million of  annualized  revenue  (based upon
revenues for the most recent two month period ended December 31, 1998). IDX will
provide us with two key services for our new suite of Internet services:  IP fax
and IP voice.  For at least the  first  year,  IDX will  operate  as a  separate
subsidiary,  although we have begun to use its  services to support  some of the
card services  requirements.  IDX will operate with its existing  management and
personnel in facilities in Reston, Virginia.

     Under the merger  agreement  signed with IDX, we recently elected Hsin Yen,
the President of IDX, and Richard  Chiang,  the Chairman of IDX prior to the IDX
acquisition,  to our Board of Directors. This expands our Board to a total of 11
directors.  As the President of IDX, Hsin Yen reports directly to Mr. Vizas, our
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

     As a result of the IDX  acquisition,  all of the shares of common stock and
preferred stock of IDX,  outstanding  immediately prior to the effective time of
the IDX acquisition  (excluding any treasury shares) were converted into, in the
aggregate,  (a)  500,000  shares of our  Series B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock
("Series B Preferred Stock"),  which are convertible into up to 2,500,000 shares
(2,000,000  shares until  stockholder  approval is obtained) of our common stock
("Common  Stock"),  subject to  adjustment as described  below,  (b) warrants to
purchase up to  2,500,000  shares of our Common  Stock,  subject to  stockholder
approval as well as adjustment as described below (the "IDX Warrants"),  and (c)
$5.0 million which amount is subject to decrease as described below, in interest
bearing Convertible Subordinated Promissory Notes.

     The  shares of Series B  Preferred  Stock are  convertible  at the  holders
option at any time at the then current  conversion  rate. The shares of Series B
Preferred  Stock will  automatically  convert into shares of our Common Stock on
the earlier to occur of (a) the first date that the 15 day average closing sales
price of our Common Stock is equal to or greater than $8.00 or (b) 30 days after
the later to occur of (i) December 2, 1999 or (ii) the receipt of any  necessary
stockholder  approval  relating to the  issuance  of the Common  Stock upon such
conversion,   subject  to  IDX's  achievement  of  certain  revenue  and  EBITDA
objectives.

     The IDX  Warrants  are  exercisable  only to the extent  that IDX  achieves
certain  revenue and EBITDA goals over the twelve months ending December 2, 1999
(and if stockholder approval is received). We have "guaranteed" a price of $8.00
per share at December 2, 1999 to  recipients  of the Common Stock  issuable upon
the conversion or exercise,  as the case may be, of the Series B Preferred Stock
and IDX Warrants,  subject to IDX's  achievement  of certain  revenue and EBITDA
objectives.  If the market price is less than $8.00 on December 2, 1999, subject
to IDX's  achievement of certain  revenue and EBITDA  objectives,  we will issue
additional  shares of Common  Stock



                                       16




upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock and exercise of the IDX Warrants
(subject  to the receipt of any  necessary  stockholder  approval)  based on the
ratio of $8.00 to the market price,  but not more than an aggregate of 7 million
additional shares of Common Stock.

     The Convertible Subordinated Promissory Notes are due in three installments
(the first of which was paid in stock in March 1999)  through  October 30, 1999,
and are payable in cash or Common Stock  (valued at the then market  price).  In
addition,  we have  agreed to pay the  accrued  but unpaid  dividends  (the "IDX
Accrued   Dividends")  on  IDX's  preferred  stock  under  an  interest  bearing
Convertible  Subordinated  Promissory Note in the original  principal  amount of
$418,000 due May 31, 1999.  We are  entitled to reduce the  aggregate  principal
balance of the last payment due on the Convertible Subordinated Promissory Notes
by the amount of the IDX Accrued  Dividends and certain other  deferred  amounts
unless  offset by net proceeds  from the sale of a subsidiary  of IDX and a note
issued  to IDX by an option  holder.  See Note 6 to the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements for further discussion.

     UCI ACQUISITION.  On December 31, 1998, we acquired UCI Tele Networks, Ltd.
("UCI"), a privately held corporation established under the laws of the Republic
of Cyprus (the "UCI  acquisition").  UCI is a  development  stage  calling  card
business serving Greece,  Cyprus and the Middle East. We have projected that the
UCI acquisition will provide  projected  revenues in 1999 ranging between $2 and
$3 million.  UCI will operate with its existing  management  and personnel  from
offices in Limassol, Cyprus.

     We acquired UCI for 125,000  shares of our Common  Stock (50%  delivered at
the  acquisition  date and 50% to be  delivered  February  1,  2000,  subject to
adjustment);  warrants to purchase  50,000 shares of our Common  Stock,  with an
exercise  price  equal to the market  price at the time of issuance of $1.63 and
$2.1 million in promissory  notes or cash,  according to a payment  schedule and
subject to adjustments based on an earnout formula,  each as described below. We
paid UCI $75,000 in January 1999; we agreed to pay UCI $500,000 with interest at
the rate of 8% per annum 180 days  following  the UCI closing date; we agreed to
pay UCI $500,000 with  interest at the rate of 8% per annum 18 months  following
the UCI  closing  date,  and we agreed to pay UCI $1.025  million on February 1,
2000 or December 31, 2000, subject to certain adjustments as discussed below.

     We agreed to adjust the  purchase  price we paid to acquire UCI as follows.
If the closing market price on the Nasdaq National Market of our Common Stock on
February  1, 2000 is less than  $8.00,  we will issue  additional  shares of our
Common Stock equal in number to: $1 million  divided by the closing market price
of our Common  Stock on  December  1, 1999,  less  125,000  shares of our Common
Stock. These shares as well as the 62,500 shares of Common Stock to be delivered
are subject to adjustment as discussed below.

     If UCI does not achieve 100% of its revenue  target as of February 1, 2000,
we will pay less  cash and  issue  fewer  shares  of our  Common  Stock.  If UCI
achieves more than 100% of its revenue target for the same period, then we shall
pay up to $300,000 in  additional  cash to UCI.  See Note 6 to the  Consolidated
Financial Statements for further discussion.

          EXCHANGE WITH RONALD JENSEN. In November 1998, we reached an agreement
with Mr.  Ronald  Jensen,  who is also our largest  stockholder.  The  agreement
concerned  settlement of



                                       17




unreimbursed  costs and potential claims.  Mr. Jensen had purchased $7.5 million
of our Common  Stock in a private  placement  in June 1997 and later was elected
Chairman of our Board of Directors. After approximately three months, Mr. Jensen
resigned his position,  citing both other business demands and the challenges of
managing our business.  During his tenure as Chairman, Mr. Jensen incurred staff
and other costs that were not billed to eGlobe.  Also,  Mr. Jensen  subsequently
communicated  with our  current  management,  indicating  there were a number of
issues raised during his  involvement  with eGlobe relating to the provisions of
his share purchase agreement which could result in claims against us.

          To resolve all current and potential issues, Mr. Jensen agreed with us
to  exchange  his current  holding of  1,425,000  shares of Common  Stock for 75
shares of our 8% Series C  Cumulative  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  ("Series C
Preferred  Stock"),  which  management  estimated to have a fair market value of
approximately  $3.4 million and a face value of $7.5  million.  The terms of the
Series C  Preferred  Stock  permit Mr.  Jensen to convert the Series C Preferred
Stock into the number of shares equal to the face value of the  preferred  stock
divided by 90% of common stock market price, but with a minimum conversion price
of $4.00 per share and a maximum of $6.00 per share, subject to adjustment if we
issue Common Stock for less than the conversion  price.  The difference  between
the  estimated  fair value of the Series C Preferred  Stock to be issued and the
market value of the Common  Stock  surrendered  resulted in a one-time  non-cash
charge to our  statement  of  operations  of $1.0  million in the quarter  ended
September 30, 1998 with a corresponding credit to stockholders' equity.

          In  connection  with  subsequent  issuances  of  securities  which are
convertible  into or  exercisable  for our Common Stock,  we discussed  with Mr.
Jensen the extent to which the conversion  price of the Series C Preferred Stock
should  be  adjusted  downward.  The  parties  agreed  to  exchange  all  of the
outstanding  Series C Preferred Stock for shares of Common Stock, which exchange
would have the same economic  effect as if the Series C Preferred Stock had been
converted  into Common  Stock with an  effective  conversion  price of $2.50 per
share.  On  February  16,  1999,  we  agreed to  exchange  75 shares of Series C
Preferred  Stock then held by Mr. Jensen for  3,000,000  shares of Common Stock.
The market value of the 1,125,000  incremental  shares of Common Stock issued of
approximately $2.7 million will be recorded as a preferred stock dividend in the
quarter ended March 31, 1999. See Notes 7 and 17 to the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements for further discussion.

     SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK. We concluded a private placement of $3 million in
January 1999 with Vintage  Products Ltd.  ("Vintage").  We sold (i) 30 shares of
our 8% Series D Cumulative  Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series D Preferred
Stock"),  (ii)  warrants to purchase  112,500  shares of Common  Stock,  with an
exercise price of $.01 per share,  and (iii) warrants to purchase  60,000 shares
of Common  Stock,  with an exercise  price of $1.60 per share,  to  Vintage.  In
addition,  we  agreed  to issue to  Vintage,  for no  additional  consideration,
additional  warrants to purchase  the number of shares of Common  Stock equal to
$250,000  (based on the market price of the Common Stock on the last trading day
prior to June 1, 1999 or July 1, 2000,  as the case may be), or pay  $250,000 in
cash,  if we do not (i)  consummate a specified  merger  transaction  by May 30,
1999,  or (ii)  achieve,  in the fiscal  quarter  commencing  July 1,  2000,  an
aggregate  amount  of  gross  revenues  equal  to or in  excess  of  200% of the
aggregate amount of gross revenues achieved by the Company in the fiscal quarter
ended December 31, 1998.


                                       18




     The shares of Series D Preferred  Stock are  convertible,  at the  holder's
option,  into  shares of our Common  Stock at any time after April 13, 1999 at a
conversion  price,  which is subject to  adjustment if we issue Common Stock for
less than the conversion  price,  equal to the lesser of $1.60 or, if we fail to
have positive EBITDA for at least one of the first three fiscal quarters of 1999
or we fail to complete a public offering of equity  securities for a price of at
least  $3.00 per share and with gross  proceeds to us of at least $20 million on
or before the end of the third  fiscal  quarter of 1999,  the market  price just
prior to conversion.  The shares of Series D Preferred Stock will  automatically
convert  into Common  Stock upon the earliest of (i) the first date on which the
market  price  of the  Common  Stock  is  $5.00  or more  per  share  for any 20
consecutive  trading  days,  (ii) the date on which 80% or more of the  Series D
Preferred  Stock we issued has been  converted  into Common Stock,  or (iii) the
date we close a public  offering  of  equity  securities  at a price of at least
$3.00 per share and with gross proceeds to us of at least $20 million.

     The shares of Series D Preferred  Stock must be redeemed if it ceases to be
convertible (which would happen if the number of shares of Common Stock issuable
upon  conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock exceeded 19.9% of the number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding when the Series D Preferred was issued,  less
shares reserved for issuance under  warrants).  Redemption is in cash at a price
equal to the  liquidation  preference  of the  Series D  Preferred  Stock at the
holder's  option or our option 45 days after the Series D Preferred Stock ceases
to be convertible.  If we receive stockholder approval to increase the number of
shares issuable we must issue the full amount of Common Stock upon conversion of
the Series D  Preferred  Stock even if the  number of shares  exceeds  the 19.9%
maximum number.

     Vintage has agreed to purchase 20  additional  shares of Series D Preferred
Stock plus  warrants  for $2 million upon the  registration  of the Common Stock
issuable upon the  conversion of the Series D Preferred  Stock.  At that time we
will issue to Vintage  warrants to purchase 75,000 shares of Common Stock,  with
an exercise price of $.01 per share,  and warrants to purchase  40,000 shares of
Common Stock,  with an exercise price of $1.60.  See Note 17 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements for further discussion.

     SERIES E PREFERRED  STOCK.  In February  1999,  contemporaneously  with the
exchange of Mr. Jensen's Series C Preferred Stock for shares of common stock, we
concluded a private  placement of $5 million with EXTL  Investors LLC, a limited
liability  company  in which  Ronald  Jensen  and his wife are the sole  members
("EXTL Investors").  We sold 50 shares of our 8% Series E Cumulative Convertible
Redeemable  Preferred Stock (the "Series E Preferred Stock"),  and warrants (the
"Series E  Warrants")  to purchase  (i) 723,000  shares of Common  Stock with an
exercise  price of $2.125 per share and (ii) 277,000 shares of Common Stock with
an exercise price of $.01 per share to EXTL Investors.

     The shares of the Series E Preferred  Stock may be redeemed at a redemption
price  equal to the face  value  plus  accrued  dividends,  in cash or in Common
Stock,  at our option or at the option of any holder,  provided  that the holder
has not previously  exercised the convertibility  option described,  at any time
following  the date that is five  years  after we issue the  Series E  Preferred
Stock. The Series E Preferred Stockholder may elect to make the shares of Series
E Preferred  Stock  convertible  into  shares of Common  Stock at any time after
issuance.  We also may  elect to make the  shares of  Series E  Preferred  Stock
convertible,  but only if (i) we have  positive  EBITDA  for at least one of the
first three  fiscal  quarters  of 1999 or (ii) we complete a public  offering of
equity  securities  for a price of at  least



                                       19




$3.00 per share and with  gross  proceeds  to us of at least $20  million  on or
before  the end of the  third  fiscal  quarter  of 1999.  On  April  9,  1999 in
connection  with  the $20  million  financing  discussed  below,  the  Series  E
Preferred  Stockholders  exercised the  convertibility  option. As a result, the
Series E Preferred Stock is no longer redeemable.

     The shares of Series E Preferred Stock will automatically be converted into
shares of our Common Stock, on the earliest to occur of (x) the first date as of
which the last  reported  sales price of our Common  Stock on Nasdaq is $5.00 or
more for any 20  consecutive  trading  days during any period in which  Series E
Preferred  Stock is  outstanding,  (y) the date that 80% or more of the Series E
Preferred  Stock we have issued has been converted into Common Stock,  or (z) we
complete a public offering of equity securities at a price of at least $3.00 per
share  and with  gross  proceeds  to us of at least  $20  million.  The  initial
conversion  price  for the  Series E  Preferred  Stock  is  $2.125,  subject  to
adjustment if we issue Common Stock for less than the conversion price. See Note
17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

     TELEKEY  ACQUISITION.  On February  12,  1999,  we acquired  Telekey,  Inc.
("Telekey"),  a privately held Georgia corporation (the "Telekey  acquisition").
Telekey  provides a range of card based  telecommunications  services  (calling,
voice mail, email and others) primarily to foreign academic travelers  (teachers
and students) visiting the US and Canada. Telekey will operate with its existing
management and personnel in existing facilities in Atlanta, Georgia.

     As a result of the Telekey  acquisition,  all of the shares of common stock
of Telekey  outstanding  immediately  prior to the effective time of the Telekey
acquisition  were  converted  into,  in  the  aggregate,  (a) a base  amount  of
1,010,000  shares  of our  Series  F  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  ("Series  F
Preferred Stock") at closing, (b) at least 505,000 and up to 1,010,000 shares of
Series F Preferred Stock two years later (or upon a change of control or certain
events of  default  if they  occur  before  the end of two  years),  subject  to
Telekey's  meeting  certain  revenue and EBITDA  tests,  (c) $125,000 in cash at
closing and (d) a Promissory Note in the original  principal amount of $150,000,
payable in equal monthly installments over one year, issued at closing.

     The shares of Series F  Preferred  Stock will  automatically  convert  into
shares of our  Common  Stock on the  earlier to occur of (a) the first date that
the 15 day  average  closing  sales  price  of our  Common  Stock is equal to or
greater than $4.00 or (b) July 1, 2001.  We have  "guaranteed"  a price of $4.00
per share at December 31, 1999 to recipients  of the Common Stock  issuable upon
the conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock, subject to Telekey's achievement
of certain revenue and EBITDA objectives. If the market price is less than $4.00
on December  31,  1999,  we will issue  additional  shares of Common  Stock upon
conversion  of the Series F  Preferred  Stock based on the ratio of $4.00 to the
market  price,  but not more than an aggregate of 600,000  additional  shares of
Common Stock.

     DEBT FINANCING. On April 9, 1999, we and our wholly owned subsidiary eGlobe
Financing  Corporation  ("eGlobe  Financing"),  entered  into  a Loan  and  Note
Purchase Agreement with EXTL Investors (which, together with its affiliates,  is
our largest  stockholder).  eGlobe Financing  initially borrowed $7 million from
EXTL  Investors  and we  granted  EXTL  Investors  warrants  (1/3 of  which  are
presently  exercisable) to purchase  1,500,000  shares of our Common Stock at an
exercise price of $.01 per



                                       20




share. As a condition to receiving this $7.0 million  unsecured loan, we entered
into a  Subscription  Agreement  with  eGlobe  Financing  under  which  we  have
irrevocably  agreed to  subscribe  for eGlobe  Financing  stock for an aggregate
subscription price of up to $7.5 million (the amount necessary to repay the loan
and accrued interest).

     As part of the Loan and Note Purchase  Agreement,  EXTL Investors agreed to
purchase  $20  million  of 5%  Secured  Notes from  eGlobe  Financing,  upon our
request,  provided that we first obtain any required stockholder approval at our
next stockholder  meeting.  If we issue the Secured Notes to EXTL Investors,  we
must  repay the $7 million  initial  loan.  We also must  grant  EXTL  Investors
warrants to purchase  5,000,000  shares of our Common Stock at an exercise price
of $1.00 per share,  although 2/3 of the initial warrants to purchase  1,500,000
shares will expire if we issue the secured notes.

     If eGlobe  Financing does not issue Secured Notes for the $20 million after
we obtain  stockholder  approval  (or if we do not obtain  approval  at our next
annual stockholder meeting),  the $7 million loan must be repaid on the earliest
to occur of (i) April 9, 2000,  (ii) the date that we  complete  an  offering of
debt or equity  securities  from which we receive  net  proceeds of at least $30
million or (iii) the occurrence of an event of default.  Also, the remaining 2/3
of the initial warrants to purchase  1,500,000 shares will become exercisable at
that time.

     The  Secured  Notes,  if  sold,  must be  repaid  in 36  specified  monthly
installments  commencing  on  the  first  month  following  issuance,  with  the
remaining unpaid principal and accrued interest being due in a lump sum with the
last payment.  The entire amount  becomes due earlier if we complete an offering
of debt or equity securities from which we receive net proceeds of at least $100
million (a  "Qualified  Offering").  The  principal  and interest of the Secured
Notes may be paid in cash.  However,  up to 50% of the original principal amount
of the  Secured  Notes may be paid in our Common  Stock at our option if (i) the
closing  price  of our  Common  Stock  on  Nasdaq  is  $8.00  or more for any 15
consecutive  trading  days,  (ii)  we  close a  public  offering  of our  equity
securities at a price of at least $5.00 per share and with gross  proceeds to us
of at least $30 million,  or (iii) we close a Qualified  Offering (at a price of
at least $5.00 per share, in the case of an offering of equity securities).

     The  proceeds  of  these  financings  will be  used  by us to fund  capital
expenditures  relating to our network of IP trunks and intelligent platforms for
calling card and unified messaging services, and for working capital and general
corporate  purposes.  The  proceeds of the  Secured  Notes would also be used to
repay the $7 million  initial  loan and our  approximately  $8 million of senior
indebtedness to IDT Corporation.

     If  eGlobe   Financing   issues  the  Secured   Notes,   we  will  transfer
substantially  all of our  operating  assets  to eGlobe  Financing  so that EXTL
Investors can have a security interest in our assets to secure payment under the
Secured Notes. The security interest would be subject to certain  exceptions for
existing  debt and vendor  financing.  We and our operating  subsidiaries  would
guarantee payment of the Secured Notes.


                                       21




     EXTL Investors also has agreed, under the Loan and Note Purchase Agreement,
to make  advances  to eGlobe  Financing  from time to time based  upon  eligible
accounts receivable. These advances may not exceed the lesser of 50% of eligible
accounts  receivable and (ii) the aggregate amount of principal payments made by
eGlobe  Financing under the Secured Notes. We will guarantee  repayment of these
advances,  which also will be secured by the same  security  arrangement  as the
Secured Notes.

     The Loan and Note Purchase  Agreement  contains several  covenants which we
believe are fairly customary, including prohibitions on:

     (i) mergers and sales of substantially all assets;

     (ii) sales of material  assets  other than on an arm's  length basis and in
the ordinary course;

     (iii) encumbering any of our assets (except for certain permitted liens);

     (iv)  incurring  or having  outstanding  indebtedness  other  than  certain
permitted debt (which includes  certain  existing debt and future  equipment and
facilities financing), or prepaying any subordinated indebtedness; or

     (v) paying any dividends or distributions on any class of our capital stock
(other than any dividend on outstanding  preferred stock or additional preferred
stock  issued in the future) or  repurchasing  any shares of our  capital  stock
(subject to certain exceptions).

     The Loan and Note  Purchase  Agreement  contains  several  fairly  standard
events of default, including:

     (i)  non-payment of any principal or interest on the $7 million loan or the
Secured Notes, or non- payment of $250,000 or more on any other indebtedness;

     (ii)  failure to perform any  obligation  under the Loan and Note  Purchase
Agreement or related documents;

     (iii)  breach  of any  representation  or  warranty  in the  Loan  and Note
Purchase Agreement;

     (iv)  inability  to pay our debts as they  become  due,  or  initiation  or
consent  to  judicial   proceedings   relating  to  bankruptcy,   insolvency  or
reorganization;

     (vi) dissolution or winding up, unless approved by EXTL Investors; and

     (vi) final judgment ordering payment in excess of $250,000.

     OTHER  POTENTIAL  ACQUISITIONS.  We are currently  negotiating  to acquire,
substantially all the assets of two other companies. One of such companies would
be acquired by a joint  venture  between



                                       22




the seller and us. The cash element of the aggregate  purchase  prices for these
potential  acquisitions is approximately $1.0 million plus financial commitments
of  approximately  $1.3  million.  In addition,  we will issue  preferred  stock
convertible into between 230,000 and 1.1 million shares of common stock.


RISK FACTORS

     We caution you that our performance is subject to risks and  uncertainties.
There are a variety of  important  factors like those that follow that may cause
our future  results to differ  materially  from  those  projected  in any of our
forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or otherwise.


WE HAVE INCURRED SIGNIFICANT LOSSES, ATTRIBUTABLE IN PART TO NUMEROUS CHARGES

     We incurred a net loss of $13.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1998 and a net loss of $7.1 million for the nine month period ended December 31,
1998. We continue to incur operating  losses and are likely to report net losses
for  the  next  year,  due in part  to  large  non-cash  charges  for  goodwill,
amortization  and  amortization of debt discount.  A significant  portion of the
losses for the year ended March 31, 1998 resulted  from the  following  charges;
corporate  realignment  costs of $3.1 million,  settlement costs of $3.9 million
(for previously  existing  litigation settled by new management),  an additional
income tax  provision of $1.5  million,  an  additional  allowance  for doubtful
accounts of $1.4 million and warrants associated with debt of $0.5 million. Some
of these  charges  resulted from a detailed  review of the Company's  activities
initiated by new  management.  Excluding these items, we incurred a net loss for
the fiscal year ended March 31,  1998 of $2.3  million.  Of the net loss for the
nine month period ended  December 31,  1998,  $1.0 million was  attributable  to
settlement  costs relating to certain claims by our former  Chairman and largest
stockholder,  an additional allowance for doubtful accounts totaled $0.8 million
and warrants  associated  with debt equaled $0.6  million.  Management  has been
taking  steps to  introduce  new  services  and new  revenues  and replace  lost
revenues.  However, our ability to achieve  profitability and positive cash flow
depends  upon a number of factors,  including  our  ability to increase  revenue
while  maintaining or reducing costs by achieving  economies of scale. A variety
of factors,  external and internal, may keep us from succeeding in increasing or
maintaining  revenue or achieving or sustaining  economies of scale and positive
cash flow in the future,  and our failure to do so could have a material adverse
effect on our business.


WE NEED ADDITIONAL CAPITAL TO FINANCE OUR OPERATING AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

     We  estimate  we will need to raise up to $40  million  during the  current
fiscal  year to have  sufficient  working  capital  to  facilitate  running  our
business,  acquiring assets and technology,  repaying  indebtedness  incurred in
connection with certain acquisitions,  upgrading our facilities,  and developing
new services. (See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of  Operations  Liquidity,  Capital  Resources  and Other  Financial
Data").  In  addition,  we will need to repay or  refinance  our  existing  $7.5
million term loan (plus approximately $1.0 million in interest) that will be due
and  payable  in full in  August  1999.  To the  extent  that we  spend  more on
acquisitions  or service  development  our need for  additional  financing  will
increase. We have reached



                                       23




agreements to raise $32.0  million in financing:  $10.0 million from the sale of
preferred stock, $8.0 million of which has been received in January and February
1999,  and $2.0 million of which is subject to  registration  of the stock $20.0
million in a long-term debt facility  subject to  stockholder  approval and more
than $2.0 million of vendor  financing.  However,  there is no assurance that we
will satisfy the conditions or receive the committed but unfunded financing.  If
such  Proposed  Financing is not raised as expected,  we will face a significant
and immediate need for additional funds.  There can be no assurance that we will
be able to raise the necessary  funds in a timely manner or on favorable  terms.
Should we be unsuccessful in our efforts to raise additional capital, we will be
required to curtail our expansion  plans.  If we do not raise enough  additional
capital  to repay the term loan and  interest  by August  1999,  there will be a
material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.


OUR CUSTOMERS CHANGED DURING 1998

     In fiscal 1998, we added significant new card service revenue for the first
time in two years and shed a  substantial  portion of our existing  card service
revenue.  Several of our largest North American calling card services customers,
who accounted for approximately 40% of our revenues during the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1998, have substantially  reduced their use of our services and can be
expected to end their use of our  services in the near future.  As a result,  we
have experienced a decline in card service  revenue.  Although we have added new
customers  for  our  card  services,  during  the  third  quarter  of  1998  and
subsequently,  such  customers  have not yet  generated  revenues  sufficient to
offset  losses from  existing  customers.  Our results of  operations  have been
negatively and significantly  affected by this change.  Any further such changes
could  negatively and materially  impact our business,  financial  condition and
results of operations.


RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL AND MARKET CHANGES CREATE SIGNIFICANT RISKS FOR US

     The  markets  for  our  services  are  characterized  by  rapidly  changing
technology,  changes in customer  needs,  changes in cost  structures,  evolving
industry  standards  and  frequent  new service and product  introductions.  Our
future success will depend,  in significant  part, on our ability to develop and
introduce  new  services,  to meet  changing  customer  needs  on a  timely  and
cost-effective  basis, to remain competitive with products and services based on
new  technologies,  to modify our cost  structure,  to  maintain  cost-effective
services,  and  enhance  our  existing  services.  We may not be  successful  in
achieving these goals.

     We, like others in our  industry,  believe it will be  necessary to offer a
suite of enhanced  business  communications  services,  and that those companies
which do not offer  acceptable  services in a timely  manner will not be able to
compete successfully. We may not be able to keep up with rapid technological and
market  changes  and we may not be able to offer  acceptable  new  services in a
timely  manner to be able to  compete  successfully.  In  addition,  others  may
develop  services or  technologies  that will render our services or  technology
noncompetitive or obsolete. Because the telecommunications  services industry is
highly  competitive  and  characterized  by rapid  technological  advances,  our
ability to realize our expectations will depend on:

          o    our success at enhancing our current offerings;


                                       24




          o    our ability to develop new products  and services  that keep pace
               with developments in technology;

          o    our ability to meet evolving  customer  requirements,  especially
               ease-of-use requirements;

          o    our  ability  to  deliver  those  products  through   appropriate
               distribution channels, and

          o    our ability to license technology from third parties.


     This will require, among other things, that we:

          o    correctly  anticipate  customer  needs  and  price  our  products
               competitively;

          o    hire  and  retain   personnel  with  the  necessary   skills  and
               creativity;

          o    provide adequate funding for development efforts, and

          o    manage distribution channels effectively.


     Our competitive position and operating results could suffer if:

          o    we  fail to  anticipate  or to  respond  adequately  to  customer
               requirements or to technological developments, particularly those
               of our competitors; and

          o    we delay the  development,  production,  testing,  marketing,  or
               availability  of  new  or  enhanced  products  or  services,   or
               customers fail to accept such products or services.


COMPETITION MAY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS ADVERSELY

     Our  industry  is  intensely   competitive   and  rapidly   evolving.   The
communications industry is dominated by companies much larger than us, with much
greater  name  recognition,  larger  customer  bases and  financial,  personnel,
marketing, engineering, technical and other resources substantially greater than
ours. To the extent that these  companies  offer services  similar to and priced
competitively with our services,  there likely would be a negative effect on our
pricing and revenues,  which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our
business,  financial condition and results of operations. Our ability to succeed
will depend in part on such larger  companies  outsourcing  to companies such as
ours services of the type we offer.  In addition,  several other  companies have
offered or have announced intentions to offer enhanced  communications  services
similar to certain of the enhanced services we plan to offer. To the extent that
such  entities  are  successful  in offering  superior  services or  introducing
credible service  offerings before we do, we likely would be adversely  affected
and such effects could be material. We expect new types of products and services
not yet



                                       25




announced or available in the  marketplace to be developed and introduced  which
will compete with the services we offer today and plan to offer.


OUR BUSINESS DEPENDS ON CREATING AND MAINTAINING STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS

     A principal element of our strategy is to maintain our existing, and create
new,  strategic  relationships  with  international  carriers and others.  These
relations enable or would enable us to offer additional  services that we cannot
offer on our own and to offer our  services  to a larger  customer  base than we
could  otherwise  reach  through  our  direct  marketing  efforts.   We  believe
international relationships and alliances are important in offering calling card
services and that such  relationships  will be even more  important as providers
add new  services.  Our success  depends in part on our ability to maintain  and
develop such  relationships,  the quality of these relationships and the ability
of these  strategic  partners  to market  services  effectively.  Our failure to
maintain and develop such  relationships or our strategic  partners'  failure to
market our services  successfully  could have a material  adverse  effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.


THERE ARE RISKS  ASSOCIATED  WITH THE RECENT IDX, UCI AND TELEKEY  ACQUISITIONS,
AND WITH FUTURE ACQUISITIONS

     We acquired IDX, an IP fax and voice company, in December 1998. As a result
of the IDX  acquisition,  we added 47  employees  and two  operating  locations.
Although  we have  made  changes  to  integrate  IDX  into  our  operations,  to
assimilate  the  new  employees  and  to  implement  reporting,  monitoring  and
forecasting  procedures with respect to the former IDX  businesses,  we may have
difficulty  implementing these steps. In addition, the continuing integration of
IDX into our  operations  may  divert  management  attention  from our  existing
businesses and may result in additional  administrative expense. We acquired IDX
subject to a variety of existing  obligations.  Moreover,  in our due  diligence
investigation  of IDX,  we may not have  discovered  all  matters  of a material
nature relating to IDX and its business.

     We acquired UCI, a calling card services company,  in December 1998, adding
one employee and one operating location.  In February 1999, we acquired Telekey,
a calling card  services  company,  adding  eight  employees  and one  operating
location.  We are subject to the same risks with respect to the UCI  acquisition
and the Telekey  acquisition as described in the prior paragraph with respect to
the IDX acquisition.

     As part of our business  strategy,  we will continue to evaluate  strategic
acquisitions of businesses and to pursue joint ventures  principally relating to
our current  operations.  These  transactions  commonly  involve  certain risks,
including, among others, that:

     o    we may  experience  difficulty in  assimilating  acquired  operations,
          services,  products and personnel,  which may divert our  management's
          attention from other business concerns;

     o    the   acquisition   may  disrupt  our  ongoing   business  by  placing
          significant  administrative,  technical and  financial  demands on our
          systems, procedures and controls;

                                       26




     o    we may not be able to successfully incorporate acquired technology and
          rights into our service  offerings  and  maintain  uniform  standards,
          controls, procedures, and policies;

     o    we may not be able to  locate  or  acquire  appropriate  companies  at
          attractive prices;

     o    we may lack the necessary experience to enter new markets; and

     o    an  acquisition  may  impair  our  relationships  with  employees  and
          customers as a result of changes in management.

     We may not be successful in  overcoming  these risks or any other  problems
encountered  in  connection  with future  transactions.  Expected  benefits from
future  acquisitions,  if any, may not be fully realized or realized  within the
expected time frame,  revenues  following future  acquisitions may be lower than
expected, and operating costs or customer loss and business disruption following
future  acquisitions,  if any,  may be  greater  than  expected,  and  costs  or
difficulties  related to the integration of the businesses,  if any, that we may
acquire may be greater than expected.

     The  purchase  price  allocations  for the  acquisitions  made to date  are
preliminary pending resolution of certain purchase price elements.  The recorded
goodwill  associated with these  acquisitions  may materially  increase when the
contingencies  are  resolved.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"  and  Notes  6 and 17 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion.

     We believe that  additional  acquisitions  may require  additional  capital
resources.  Therefore,  we may be required to borrow money, or otherwise  obtain
financing,  for  future  acquisitions.  If we are  unable  to  procure  suitable
financing,  we may be unable to complete desired  acquisitions.  In addition,  a
transaction  could materially  adversely affect our operating  results if we (1)
dilute our  shareholders  by issuing  additional  equity  securities,  (2) incur
additional  debt,  or (3)  amortize  acquisition  or  debt-related  expenses for
goodwill and other intangible  assets,  and (4) write-off  software  development
costs.


WE WILL RELY ON IP TELEPHONY, THE REGULATION OF WHICH IS CHANGING AND UNCERTAIN

     Since IP telephony is a recent  market  development,  the  regulation of IP
telephony  is still  evolving.  A number  of  countries  currently  prohibit  IP
telephony.  Other countries  permit but regulate IP telephony.  In the U.S., the
FCC has  stated  that  some  forms  of IP  telephony  appear  to be  similar  to
traditional telephone services,  but the FCC has not decided whether, or how, to
regulate providers of IP telephony. In addition,  several efforts have been made
to enact U.S.  federal  legislation  that would  either  regulate or exempt from
regulation services provided over the Internet. State public utility commissions
also may  retain  intrastate  jurisdiction  and could  initiate  proceedings  to
regulate the intrastate  aspects of IP telephony.  If  governments,  prohibit or
regulate  IP  telephony,  we  could  be  subject  to  a  variety  of  regulatory
requirements  or  penalties,  including  without  limitation,  orders  to  cease
operations  or to  limit  future  operations,  loss of  licenses  or of  license
opportunities,  fines,  seizure of  equipment  and,  in  certain  jurisdictions,
criminal  prosecution.   The  revenue  and/or  profit  generated  from  Internet
telephony may have become a significant  portion of our overall  revenue  and/or
profit  at the time IP  telephony  is  regulated  and/or  curtailed.  Any of the
developments



                                       27




described above could have a material adverse effect on our business,  operating
results and financial condition.


WE HAVE  SIGNIFICANTLY  INCREASED OUR OUTSTANDING SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK AND WE
MAY HAVE FURTHER DILUTION

     During  the past few  months,  we  significantly  increased  the  number of
outstanding  shares of capital  stock.  As  described  below  under the  caption
"Certain  Recent  Developments,"  we issued Series B Preferred  Stock,  Series C
Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F
Preferred Stock in connection with the IDX acquisition, the Telekey acquisition,
the settlement with Mr. Jensen and two financings.  We also granted  warrants to
providers of bridge loans,  the former IDX stockholders and the investors in the
two  financings.  As a  result,  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock on a
fully-diluted  basis has  increased  from 17.8 million  shares as of November 1,
1998 to 39.5 million shares as of April 9, 1999. (These figures exclude employee
and director options and assume  conversion of all preferred stock,  exercise of
all in the money  options  and  warrants  and full  achievement  of all earn out
provisions  related to certain  acquisitions  have been  achieved  by  companies
acquired as of April 9, 1999).  This has resulted in a significant  reduction in
the  respective  percentage  interests of our Company  held by our  stockholders
(other than those  purchasing  additional  stock in the recent  financings).  We
expect to issue additional  shares of capital stock in connection with financing
agreements  we have  entered  into  (described  above) and  further  financings,
acquisitions and joint ventures. We will be required under the terms of existing
agreements  to issue  additional  stock if the market  price of our Common Stock
does not equal $8.00  (subject to IDX meeting  its  performance  objectives)  by
December 1999 of $10.00 related to the stockholder  litigation settlement by mid
2000.


WE DEPEND ON CARRIERS AND OTHERS FOR TRANSMISSION SERVICES

     We do not own  telecommunications  transmission  facilities  and  therefore
depend on  telecommunications  carriers for  transmission.  We generally procure
these long distance  telecommunication  services via strategic arrangements with
the carriers owning such facilities or more common  commercial  arrangements for
the  supply  of  transmissions  capacity.  Our  ability  to  make  our  business
profitable  will  depend,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  continue  to  obtain
transmission  services on favorable  terms. We believe that as providers add new
and  enhanced   communications   services,   cost  will  be  a  key  reason  for
distinguishing between services.  Accordingly, we will need to keep reducing our
transmission costs and pursue low cost alternative routing technologies. Failure
to obtain  transmission  services at  favorable  rates could result in losses on
particular  services  or over  particular  routes,  and could  lead to a loss of
customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.


WE ARE EXPOSED TO THE ASIAN ECONOMIC CRISIS

     The  continuing  economic  crisis in Asia has had a negative  impact on our
revenues and prospects with Asian customers. Since we expect the IDX acquisition
to contribute  significantly to our revenues,  because IDX sells its services in
large part to Asian customers,  our financial  results will be tied more closely
to the Asian economic  situation.  While we expect demand in Asia to increase as
the affected  economies  recover,  we do not know when and if this recovery will
occur.  The problems



                                       28




in Asia could dampen demand for our services,  including  those provided by IDX,
which could result in a significant  adverse  impact on our financial  condition
and results of operations.


WE HAVE ONLY LIMITED  PROTECTION OF  PROPRIETARY  RIGHTS AND  TECHNOLOGY AND ARE
EXPOSED TO RISKS OF INFRINGEMENT CLAIMS

     We rely  primarily  on a  combination  of  intellectual  property  laws and
contractual  provisions  to  protect  our  proprietary  rights  and  technology.
However,  these laws and contractual provisions provide only limited protection.
Unauthorized  parties may copy our technology,  reverse engineer our software or
otherwise obtain and use information we consider proprietary.  In addition,  the
laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same
extent as the laws of the U.S. Our means of protecting  our  proprietary  rights
and  technology  may  not be  adequate.  In  addition,  it is  likely  that  our
competitors will  independently  develop similar technology and that we will not
have any rights under existing laws to prevent the  introduction  or use of such
technology.

     Many  patents,   copyrights  and   trademarks   have  been  issued  in  the
telecommunication  service area.  We believe that in the ordinary  course of our
business third parties may claim that our current or future products or services
infringe the patent,  copyright or trademark  rights of such third  parties.  We
cannot  ensure that actions or claims  alleging  patent,  copyright or trademark
infringement  will not be  brought  against  us, or that,  if such  actions  are
brought, we will ultimately prevail. Any such claims, regardless of their merit,
could  be  time  consuming,  result  in  costly  litigation,   cause  delays  in
introducing  new or  improved  products  or  services,  require us to enter into
royalty  or  licensing  agreements,  or cause us to stop  using  the  challenged
technology, trade name or service mark at potentially significant expense to us.
If our key technology is found to infringe the  intellectual  property rights of
others,  it could  have a material  adverse  effect on our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.


OUR  OPERATING  PLATFORMS  AND  SYSTEMS  MAY FAIL OR BE  CHANGED,  EXPOSING  OUR
BUSINESS TO DOWNTIME

     Our  operations  depend  upon  protecting  and  maintaining  our  operating
platforms and central  processing  center against  damage,  technical  failures,
unauthorized intrusion, natural disasters,  sabotage and similar events. We have
taken certain  precautions  to protect  ourselves and our customers  from events
that could interrupt delivery of our services. However, we cannot ensure that an
event would not cause the failure of one or more of our communications platforms
or even our entire network.  Such an interruption  could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

     Our operating  platforms and networks are vulnerable to computer viruses or
similar disruptive problems caused by our customers or their customers. Computer
viruses or problems caused by third parties could lead to interruptions, delays,
or cessation in service to our customers.  Third parties could also  potentially
jeopardize  the  security of  confidential  information  stored in our  computer
systems or our customers'  computer  systems,  which could cause losses to us or
our customers or deter some from subscribing to our services. Although we intend
to continue to implement  security  measures to prevent  unauthorized  access to
information or systems,  "hackers" have  circumvented such measures in the past,
and others may be able to  circumvent  our  security  measures  or the  security
measures of our  third-party  providers  in the future.  To  alleviate  problems
caused by computer viruses



                                       29




or other  inappropriate  uses or security  breaches,  we may have to  interrupt,
delay or cease  service to our  customers,  which could have a material  adverse
effect on our  business,  financial  condition,  and results of  operations.  In
addition,  customers or others may assert  claims of  liability  against us as a
result of any such interruption.


WE DEPEND ON KEY MANAGEMENT AND PERSONNEL

     Our success  depends upon the  continued  efforts of our senior  management
team and our technical,  marketing and sales personnel. We believe our continued
success will depend to a  significant  extent upon the efforts and  abilities of
Christopher J. Vizas, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (who joined us in
December 1997), and certain other key executives.  Mr. Vizas has entered into an
employment agreement, which expires on December 5, 2000. We also believe that to
be successful we must hire and retain highly qualified engineering personnel. In
particular,  we  rely on  certain  key  employees  to  design  and  develop  our
proprietary  operating  platforms  and related  software,  systems and services.
Competition   in  the   recruitment  of  highly   qualified   personnel  in  the
telecommunications  services  industry is  intense.  Hiring  employees  with the
skills  and  attributes  required  to carry out our  strategy  can be  extremely
competitive  and  time-consuming.  We may not be able to retain or  successfully
integrate  existing   personnel  or  identify  and  hire  additional   qualified
personnel.  If we lose the  services of key  personnel  or are unable to attract
additional qualified  personnel,  our business could be materially and adversely
affected. We do not have key-man life insurance.


FAILURE TO OBTAIN YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE MAY HAVE ADVERSE EFFECTS ON US 

     We are aware of the issues associated with the programming code in existing
computer  systems as the year 2000  approaches.  The "Year  2000  Issue" or "Y2K
Issue" arises because many computer and hardware  systems use only two digits to
represent  the year.  As a result,  these  systems and  programs may not process
dates  beyond the year 1999,  which may cause  errors in  information  or system
failures.  Assessments  of the potential  effects of the Y2K issue vary markedly
among   different   companies,   governments,    consultants,   economists   and
commentators,  and it is not possible to predict what the actual  impact may be.
Because we use  Unix-based  systems for our platforms  and operating  systems to
deliver  service to  customers,  we believe  material  modifications  may not be
required to ensure Y2K compliance.  However,  we are in the process of assessing
and testing the software  resident on all our system  hardware to validate  this
assertion and anticipate  that testing will be completed by June 1999. We are in
various stages of our analysis,  assessment,  planning and  remediation  and are
using  internal and external  resources to identify,  correct or reprogram,  and
test the  computer  system for Y2K  compliance.  We  anticipate  completing  all
reprogramming efforts, including testing, by June 1999. Management is continuing
to update and evaluate the financial  impact of Y2K  compliance and expects that
total costs will not exceed $1.0  million.  We are  proceeding  with an internal
certification  process of our propriety  systems (e.g.  operating  platforms and
billing systems). We intend to use external sources as necessary to validate our
certification  of these critical  systems.  No material costs have been incurred
during the nine month period ended  December 31, 1998 and  management  estimates
that we will incur most of the costs during 1999.

     To operate  our  business,  we rely upon  providers  of  telecommunications
services,  Internet services,  government agencies,  utility companies and other
third party  providers  ("External 


                                       30




Providers").  We are also  assessing the Year 2000 readiness of our key External
Providers,  and customers. We undertook this project to assure ourselves that we
would  have   adequate   resources  to  cover  our  various   telecommunications
requirements.  The failure of our  External  Providers  or  customers to address
adequately  their Year 2000 readiness  could affect our business  adversely.  As
part of our contingency  planning efforts, we will identify  alternative sources
or strategies  where necessary.  In addition,  we are aware of the potential for
claims  against us for damages  arising from  products and services that are not
Year 2000 ready.  We believe that such claims against us would be without merit.
Finally,  the Year 2000 presents a number of risks and uncertainties  that could
affect us, including  utilities  failures,  competition for personnel skilled in
the resolution of Year 2000 issues and the nature of government responses to the
issues,  among  others.  Our  expectations  as to the extent and  timeliness  of
modifications  required to achieve  Year 2000  compliance  is a  forward-looking
statement subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual results may vary materially
as a result of a number of factors,  including, among others, those described in
this paragraph. We may not be able to successfully modify on a timely basis such
products,  services  and  systems  to comply  with Year 2000  requirements,  the
failure of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

     A  significant  portion of our business is  conducted  outside of the U. S.
External  Providers  located  outside of the U. S. may face  significantly  more
severe  Year 2000  issues than  similar  entities  located in the U. S.. If such
External Providers located outside the United States are unable to rectify their
Year 2000  issues,  we may be  unable to  effectively  conduct  portions  of our
business,  which  could  result in a material  adverse  effect on our  financial
condition and results of operations.

     Our worst-case Year 2000 scenarios would include:  (i) undetected errors or
uncorrected  defects in our current product  offerings;  (ii) corruption of data
contained  in our  internal  information  systems;  and  (iii)  the  failure  of
infrastructure services provided by External Providers. We are in the process of
reviewing our contingency planning in all of these areas and expect the plans to
include,  among other things,  the  availability of support  personnel to assist
with  customer  support  issues,  manual "work  arounds"  for internal  software
failure,  and substitution of systems, if needed. We anticipate that the Company
will have a contingency plan in place by June, 1999.


OUR BUSINESS IS EXPOSED TO THE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

     We conduct a  significant  portion of our  business  outside  the U. S. and
accordingly,  derive a portion of our  revenues  and accrue  expenses in foreign
currencies. Accordingly, our results of operations may be materially affected by
international  events and fluctuations in foreign  currencies.  We do not employ
foreign currency controls or other financial hedging instruments.

Our international  operations and business expansion plans are also subject to a
variety   of   government   regulations,   currency   fluctuations,    political
uncertainties  and  differences  in business  practices,  staffing  and managing
foreign operations, longer collection cycles in certain areas, potential changes
in tax laws, and greater difficulty in protecting  intellectual property rights.
Governments  may adopt  regulations  or take other  actions,  including  raising
tariffs,  that would have a direct or indirect  adverse  impact on our  business
opportunities  within such  governments'  countries.  Furthermore,  from time to
time, the political,  cultural and economic  climate in various national markets
and  regions  of the world may not be  favorable  to our  operations  and growth
strategy.



                                       31




OUR BUSINESS IS SUBJECT TO REGULATORY RISKS

     Though  we do  not  own  telecommunications  transmission  facilities,  but
instead use the  facilities of other  carriers,  we are subject to regulation in
many jurisdictions.

     U. S.  Federal  Regulation.  Under  current FCC policy,  telecommunications
carriers  reselling  the  services of other  carriers  and not owning  their own
telecommunications transmission facilities are considered non-dominant and, as a
result,  are subject to streamlined  regulation.  We must have an  authorization
from the FCC to provide international services, and must file tariffs at the FCC
setting forth the terms and conditions under which we provide both international
and  domestic  services.  These  and  other  regulatory  requirements  impose  a
relatively minimal burden on us at the present time.  However,  we cannot ensure
that  the  current  US  regulatory  environment  and the  present  level  of FCC
regulation   will   continue,   or  that  we  will  continue  to  be  considered
non-dominant.

     Other Government Regulation. In most countries where we operate,  equipment
cannot be connected to the telephone network without appropriate approvals,  and
therefore,  we must  obtain such  approval to install and operate our  operating
platforms or other equipment. In most jurisdictions where we conduct business we
rely on our local  partner to obtain the requisite  authority.  Relying on local
partners  causes us to depend  entirely  upon the  cooperation  of the telephone
utilities  with which we have made  arrangements  for our  authority  to conduct
business, as well as operational and certain of our administrative requirements.
Any telephone  utility could cease to accommodate our  requirements at any time.
Depending upon the location of the telephone  utility,  such action could have a
material adverse effect on our business and prospects.  Such  relationships  may
not continue and  governmental  authorities may seek to regulate our services or
require us to obtain a license to conduct our business.


ACCOMMODATING THE EURO COULD IMPACT OUR BUSINESS

     On January 1, 1999,  eleven of the fifteen member countries of the European
Union  established  fixed  conversion  rates  between their  existing  sovereign
currencies  and the euro,  making the euro their common  legal  currency on that
date.  There will be a transition  period between January 1, 1999 and January 1,
2002,  during  which  the  old  currencies  will  remain  legal  tender  in  the
participating  countries as  denominations  of the euro.  During the  transition
period,  public and private  parties may pay for goods and services using either
the euro or the participating  country's former currency on a no compulsion,  no
prohibition  basis.  Conversion  rates,  however,  will no  longer  be  computed
directly from one former currency to another. Instead, a triangular process will
apply  whereby  an amount  denominated  in one  former  currency  will  first be
converted  into the euro.  The  resultant  euro-denominated  amount will then be
converted into the second former currency.  At this time, we do not believe that
the euro's  introduction  will have a material impact on our business during the
transition period, but we cannot accurately predict the impact on our business.


OUR STOCK PRICE WILL FLUCTUATE, AND COULD FLUCTUATE SIGNIFICANTLY

     Market prices for securities of telecommunications  services companies have
generally been volatile.  Since our common stock has been publicly  traded,  the
market  price of our  common  stock  has  fluctuated  over a wide  range and may
continue to do so in the future.  The market  price of our



                                       32




common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations in response to various
factors and events, including, among other things:

     o    the depth and liquidity of the trading market for our common stock;

     o    quarterly variations in actual or anticipated operating results;

     o    growth rates;

     o    changes in estimates by analysts;

     o    market conditions in the industry;

     o    announcements by competitors;

     o    regulatory actions; and

     o    general economic conditions.

     In addition, the stock market has from time to time experienced significant
price and volume  fluctuations,  which  have  particularly  affected  the market
prices of the stocks of high-technology  companies and which may be unrelated to
the operating  performance of particular companies.  Furthermore,  our operating
results and prospects from time to time may be below the  expectations of public
market  analysts and investors.  Any such event could result in a decline in the
price of our common stock.


WE HAVE ADOPTED CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

     We have adopted a rights plan and have entered  into a  stockholder  rights
agreement dated February 27, 1997 between  ourselves and American Stock Transfer
& Trust Company, as rights agent (the "Rights Agreement").  The Rights Agreement
provides  for  issuing  rights  (the  "Rights")  for each share of common  stock
outstanding  on February 28, 1997.  Each Right  represents the right to purchase
one one-hundredth of a share of our Series A Participating  Preferred Stock (the
"Series A Preferred  Stock") at a price of $70 per  one-hundredth  of a share of
Series A Preferred Stock,  subject to adjustment.  All shares of common stock we
issued between the date of adoption of the Rights Agreement and the distribution
date (as  defined in the Rights  Agreement)  or, the date,  if any, on which the
Rights are  redeemed  will have  Rights  attached  to them.  The  Rights  become
exercisable upon the occurrence of certain defined change of control  triggering
events.  The Rights will have certain  anti-takeover  effects as they will cause
substantial  dilution to a person or group that acquires a substantial  interest
in us without the prior  approval of our Board of  Directors.  The effect of the
Rights may be to inhibit a change in control in our business  (including a third
party  tender  offer at a price  which  reflects  a premium  to then  prevailing
trading prices) that may be beneficial to our stockholders.

     Our restated  certificate of incorporation allows our Board of Directors to
issue up to five  million  shares  of  preferred  stock  and to fix the  rights,
privileges and preferences of those shares without any further vote or action by
the stockholders.  The rights of the holders of the common stock



                                       33




will be subject to, and may be adversely  affected by, the rights of the holders
of any shares of preferred stock that we may issue in the future.  Any issuances
of  preferred  stock in the  future  could  have the  effect  of  making it more
difficult  for a third  party to acquire a majority  of our  outstanding  voting
stock. In addition,  we are subject to certain  anti-takeover  provisions of the
Delaware  General  Business  Corporation  Law,  which  could  have the effect of
discouraging, delaying or preventing a change of control.


WE ANTICIPATE THAT WE WILL NOT PAY CASH DIVIDENDS

     We have not  declared  or paid cash  dividends  on our common  stock  since
August  1996 when we  declared a stock  split which we effected in the form of a
ten  percent  (10%) stock  dividend.  We  currently  intend to retain any future
earnings  to finance  growth and  therefore  we do not  anticipate  paying  cash
dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition,  our payment of cash dividends
is  currently  subject to certain  restrictions  under the terms of the Series D
Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock.




ITEM 2 - PROPERTIES
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The land and  building  occupied by the Company at 4260 East Evans  Avenue,
Denver,  Colorado,  consisting of approximately 14,000 sq. ft., was purchased in
December  1992.  The Company  rents  office  space at the  following  locations:
Tarrytown, New York; Paris, France; Brussels,  Belgium; Nyon, Switzerland;  Hong
Kong, H.K.; Silkeborg,  Denmark;  Godalming, United Kingdom;  Washington,  D.C.;
Reston, Virginia;  Atlanta,  Georgia; Taipai, Taiwan; and Limassol,  Cyprus. The
Company  believes that its facilities are adequate for operations for the coming
year.


ITEM 3 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The following information sets forth information relating to material legal
proceedings  involving  the Company and certain of its  executive  officers  and
directors.  From  time to time,  the  Company  and its  executive  officers  and
directors  become subject to litigation which is incidental to and arises in the
ordinary  course  of  business.  Other  than as set forth  herein,  there are no
material  pending  legal  proceedings  involving  the  Company or its  executive
officers and directors.

     The  Company,  its  former  auditors,  certain  of its  present  and former
directors  and others are  defendants  in a  consolidated  securities  law class
action,  which  alleges  that  certain  public  filings and  reports  made by us
including our Forms 10-K for the 1991,  1992, 1993 and 1994 fiscal years (i) did
not present fairly the financial condition of the Company and its earnings;  and
(ii)  failed to  disclose  the role of Richard  Bertoli as a  consultant  to the
Company.


                                       34




     On April 2, 1998 the parties  entered into a formal  settlement  agreement.
Pursuant  to the  settlement  agreement  the  plaintiffs  agreed to release  the
Company and the other defendants from all obligation or liability and we agreed,
on behalf of the Company and the other  defendants,  to deliver to a  settlement
administrator  a total of  350,000  shares  of our  Common  Stock and to pay the
settlement administrator up to $50,000 in actual reasonable charges and expenses
incurred  in  connection  with  providing  notice to the  expenses  incurred  in
connection  with  providing  notice  to the  plaintiffs  and  administering  the
settlement.  A charge of $3.5 million was recorded in the fourth  quarter of the
year ended  March 31,  1998 and  represents  the value  assigned  to the 350,000
shares of Common  Stock  referred to above,  which have been valued at a maximum
possible  value of $10.00  per  share  pursuant  to the terms of the  settlement
agreement.  Such value relates to our  obligation to issue  additional  stock or
cash if the market  price of our stock is less than $10.00 per share  during the
relevant  periods,  as defined.  We have obligation to issue additional stock if
our share price is above  $10.00 per share for fifteen  consecutive  days during
the two year period  after all shares have been  distributed  to the class.  The
settlement  is subject to Court  approval.  The shares of the  Company's  Common
Stock have been issued.  The actions have gone to final  judgment and all appeal
periods have expired.


CSI CORP.  V.  EXECUTIVE  TELECARD,  LTD.,  CASE NO. 98 CV 8329,  DIV./CTRM.  7,
DISTRICT COURT, CITY AND COUNTY OF DENVER, STATE OF COLORADO

     We  are  a  defendant  in an  action  brought  by a  Colorado  reseller  of
transmission services, October 28, 1998. The lawsuit arises out of a transaction
wherein the plaintiff and we contemplate forming a limited liability company for
purposes of developing sales  opportunities  generated by the plaintiff.  We and
the  plaintiff  were  unable  to  arrive  at a  definitive  agreement  on  their
arrangement  and the  plaintiff  sued,  claiming  breach  of a  noncircumvention
agreement.  Discovery  has not  commenced  as yet,  litigation  is in its  early
stages,  and  therefore,  an additional  opinion  cannot be given at the present
time.  We believe  this claim is without  merit and plans to defend  this action
vigorously.


ROBERT N. SCHUCK V. EXECUTIVE TELECARD,  LTD., CASE NO. 98 CIV. 5037,  U.S.D.C.,
S.D.N.Y.

A former  officer of the  Company who was  terminated  in the fall of 1997 filed
suit against the Company in July 1998. The executive  entered into a termination
agreement.  We made the determination  that there were items which the executive
failed to disclose to the Company and therefore we ceased making payments to the
executive pending further investigation. The executive sued, claiming employment
benefits  including  expenses,  vacation pay and rights to options.  The parties
have agreed in principle, to a settlement,  which is being documented presently.
In the event that settlement  does not go froward,  we are defending this action
and believe that, ultimately, we will prevail.



ITEM 4 - SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

None.


                                       35




                            Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
                                  d/b/a eGlobe
                                     PART II


ITEM 5 - MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

A.   MARKET INFORMATION

     Our common stock has traded on the Nasdaq  National Market under the symbol
"EXTL" from  December  1, 1989  through  September  18, 1998 and since that date
under the symbol "EGLO".

     The following table reflects the high and low prices reported on the Nasdaq
National Market for each quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998.

                                                      High              Low
                                                      ----              ---
     Quarter Ended June 30, 1997                  $  9 1/4          $  4 1/2
     Quarter Ended September 30, 1997                8 3/4             3 1/4
     Quarter Ended December 31, 1997                 4                 1 19/32
     Quarter Ended March 31, 1998                    4 19/32           2 1/4

     The following table reflects the high and low prices reported on the Nasdaq
National  Market for each quarter of the nine month  period  ended  December 31,
1998 and the quarter ended March 31, 1999.

                                                      High              Low
                                                      ----              ---
     Quarter Ended June 30, 1998                  $  4 1/4          $  2 1/32
     Quarter Ended September 30, 1998                3 9/16            1 9/16
     Quarter Ended December 31, 1998                 2 1/2             1 1/4
     Quarter Ended March 31, 1999                    3 5/16            11/2

     On April 13, 1999 the last  reported  sale price of our common stock on the
NASDQ National market was $4.50 per share.


B.   RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     During the nine month period ended  December 31, 1998,  we offered and sold
the following  equity  securities that were not registered  under the Securities
Act:

     (1) On June 18, 1998,  we issued to an existing  stockholder  in connection
with his $1.0 million loan to the Company  warrants to purchase 67,000 shares of
our Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.03125 per share,  and we repriced to
$3.75 and  extended  existing  warrants  for  55,000  shares  of  Common  Stock.
Subsequent to December 31, 1998 the exercise  price of the 122,000 



                                       36




warrants was lowered to $1.5125 per share and the expiration dates were extended
through January 31, 2002.

     (2) On September 1, 1998, we issued a warrant to purchase  25,000 shares of
our Common Stock at an exercise  price of $2.00 per share to a private  investor
in connection  with his $250,000  loan to a subsidiary  of ours.  The warrant is
exercisable  at any time until  September 1, 2003. We advanced the proceeds to a
software  company  for  development  of  unified  messaging  software.   We  are
negotiating  a joint  venture  arrangement  whereby we will share 50%  ownership
interest of certain  software  technology  related to commercial  development of
messaging technology.  See note 17 to the Consolidated  Financial Statements for
further discussion.

     (3) On September 2, 1998,  we issued a warrant to purchase  2,500 shares of
our Common Stock at an exercise  price of $2.00 per share to an investment  firm
in exchange for services  rendered to us. The warrant is  exercisable at anytime
until September 1, 2003

     (4) On  December  2,  1998,  we issued (a)  500,000  shares of the Series B
Preferred Stock,  which are convertible  into up to 2,500,000 shares  (2,000,000
shares  until  stockholder  approval is obtained)  of Common  Stock,  subject to
adjustment  as  described  below,  (b)  the  IDX  Warrants,   subject  to  IDX's
achievement of certain  revenue and EBITDA  objectives,  at an exercise price of
$.001 per share, if shareholder approval is obtained, and (c) $5.4 million which
amount is subject to  decrease,  in interest  bearing  Convertible  Subordinated
Promissory Notes in exchange for all of the stock of IDX.

     The shares of Series B Preferred Stock are convertible into up to 2,500,000
shares  of  Common  Stock  (2,000,000  shares  until  stockholder   approval  is
obtained),  subject to  adjustment  as described  below.  The shares of Series B
Preferred  Stock are  convertible at the holders' option at any time at the then
current   conversion   rate.  The  shares  of  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  will
automatically convert into shares of Common Stock on the earlier to occur of (a)
the first date that the 15 day average  closing  sales price of Common  Stock is
equal to or  greater  than  $8.00 or (b) 30 days after the later to occur of (i)
December  2, 1999 or (ii) the  receipt  of any  necessary  stockholder  approval
relating  to the  issuance  of the Common  Stock upon such  conversion.  We have
guaranteed  a price of $8.00 per share on  December  2,  1999,  subject to IDX's
achievement of certain revenue and EBITDA objectives. If the market price of the
Common  Stock  is less  than  $8.00  on  December  2,  1999  and IDX has met its
objectives,  we will issue additional  shares of Common Stock upon conversion of
the  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  (subject  to  the  receipt  of  any  necessary
stockholder  approval)  based on the  ratio of $8.00  to the  market  price  (as
defined,  but not less than  $3.3333 per  share),  but not more than 3.5 million
additional shares of Common Stock.

The IDX Warrants are  exercisable  only to the extent that IDX (which is managed
by the former IDX executives for the "earn-out" period) achieves certain revenue
and EBITDA goals over the twelve months following the merger closing date and if
stockholder approval is obtained.  We have guaranteed a price of $8.00 per share
on December 2, 1999,  subject to IDX's achievement of certain revenue and EBITDA
objectives.  If the  market  price of the  Common  Stock is less  than  $8.00 on
December 2, 1999, we will issue additional  shares of Common Stock upon exercise
of the IDX  Warrants  based on the ratio of $8.00 to the  market  price (but not
less than $3.3333 per share),  up to a maximum of 3.5 million  additional shares
of Common Stock.


                                       37




     The Convertible  Subordinated Promissory Notes are due in four installments
(the first of which was paid in stock in March 1999)  through  October 30, 1999.
If we fail to meet any of the three maturity  dates,  the matured balance of the
Convertible  Subordinated Promissory Notes will begin to accrue default interest
at the rate of LIBOR plus 400 basis  points  until  repaid and we will issue the
former IDX stockholders warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock equal to ten
percent (10%) of the matured balance,  including interest. In lieu of paying the
matured balance in cash, we may elect, in our sole discretion, to convert all or
part of the matured balance into shares of Common Stock.

     (5) On November 18, 1998, we agreed with Mr. Jensen to exchange his holding
of 1,425,000  shares of Common  Stock for 75 shares of Series C Preferred  Stock
convertible  into  1,875,000  shares of Common  Stock at such date  based on the
terms of the Series C  Preferred  Stock.  On  February  16,  1999,  we agreed to
exchange the Series C Preferred Stock for 3,000,000 shares of our Common Stock.

     (6) On December  31, 1998,  we issued an aggregate of 62,500  shares of our
Common Stock and a warrant to purchase  50,000  shares of our Common Stock at an
exercise  price of $1.63  per  share  along  with  other  consideration  of $2.1
million, $1.1 million subject to adjustment, in exchange for all of the stock of
UCI. In addition, we agreed to issue an additional 62,500 shares of Common Stock
on February 1, 2000 subject to adjustment  based on UCI meeting  certain revenue
targets. We also agreed to issue additional shares of Common Stock if the market
price of our  Common  Stock on  February  1, 2000 is less  than  $8.00 per share
subject to adjustment based on UCI meeting its revenue targets.

     See "Executive Compensation" for information regarding the grant of options
to  purchase  shares of  Common  Stock to some of our  employees  under our 1995
Employee Stock Option and Appreciation Rights Plan as partial  consideration for
the execution of employment,  confidentiality and non-competition agreements and
to our  directors  under the  Director  Stock Option Plan as  consideration  for
services provided.

     Each issuance of securities  described  above was made in reliance upon the
exemption  from  registration  provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or
Regulation D promulgated  thereunder for transactions by an issuer not involving
any public  offering.  The  recipients of  securities  in each such  transaction
represented  their  intention to acquire the securities for investment  only and
not with a view to or for distribution in connection with such transactions. All
recipients  had  adequate   access  to   information   about  us  through  their
relationship with us or through information about us made available to them.


C.   HOLDERS

     The approximate  number of holders of our common stock as of March 31, 1999
was in excess of 4,300 record and beneficial owners.


                                       38




D.   DIVIDENDS

     We have not paid or declared  any cash  dividends on our common stock since
our inception and  anticipate  not paying any cash dividends on our common stock
in the near  future.  In  addition,  our payment of cash  dividends is currently
subject to certain  restrictions under the terms of the Series D Preferred Stock
and the Series E Preferred  Stock.  We declared a ten percent (10%) common stock
split,  effected  in the  form  of a  stock  dividend,  on  June  30,  1995  and
distributed on August 25, 1995 to  stockholders of record as of August 10, 1995.
On  May  21,  1996  we  declared  another  ten  percent  (10%)  stock  dividend.
Stockholders  of record as of June 14, 1996  received  the dividend on August 5,
1996.















                 Balance of this page intentionally left blank.







                                       39




ITEM 6 - SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The  following  is a summary of  selected  consolidated  financial  data of
eGlobe as of and for the five most recent fiscal periods ended. This data should
be read in conjunction with  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and our Consolidated  Financial  Statements
and the Notes thereto appearing  elsewhere in this document.  Effective with the
period ended December 31, 1998, the Company  elected to convert to a December 31
fiscal year end.  Therefore,  the period ended  December  31, 1998  represents a
nine-month  period as compared to the twelve-month  fiscal years ended March 31,
1998, 1997, 1996 and 1995.



                                         FOR THE NINE MONTH                                               
                                        PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER                                 FOR THE YEARS
                                                 31,                                              ENDED    
                                               (3) (4)                                          MARCH 31,  
                                           -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1998                1998               1997              1996               1995
                                                                                                                 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
Net Revenues                                $ 22,490,642       $ 33,122,767       $ 33,994,375       $ 30,298,228      $ 22,980,726
Income (Loss) from Operations                 (5,939,633)        (5,700,424)         2,423,564          3,097,009          (292,307)
Other Income (Expense)                        (1,150,559)        (5,949,486)        (1,401,612)            69,843        (4,324,193)
Net Income (Loss)                             (7,090,192)       (13,289,910)           773,952          2,852,852        (4,616,500)
Net Earnings (Loss) per
    Common Share: (1)(2)
                  Basic                     $      (0.40)      $      (0.78)      $       0.05       $       0.18      $      (0.30)
                  Diluted                   $      (0.40)      $      (0.78)      $       0.05       $       0.18      $      (0.30)


                                                 AS OF                                                  AS OF
                                              DECEMBER 31,                                            MARCH 31,
                                           -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1998                1998               1997              1996               1995
                                                                                                                  
BALANCE SHEET:
Cash and Cash Equivalents                    $ 1,407,131        $ 2,391,206        $ 2,172,480        $   950,483        $ 1,734,232
Total Assets                                  36,388,161         22,900,456         23,679,686         16,732,074         12,943,044
Long-Term Obligations                          1,237,344          7,735,581          9,737,007          2,150,649            671,774
Total Liabilities                             31,045,443         15,779,696         15,720,414          9,692,065          9,023,293
Total Stockholders' Equity                     5,342,718          7,120,760          7,959,272          7,040,009          3,919,751



     (1)  Based on the weighted average number of shares  outstanding during the
          period.

     (2)  The weighted average number of shares  outstanding  during the periods
          has been  adjusted  to reflect two ten  percent  (10%)  stock  splits,
          effected in the form of stock  dividends  and  distributed  August 25,
          1995 and August 5, 1996.

     (3)  Includes the December 2, 1998 acquisition of IDX for which the Company
          acquired all of the common and  preferred  stock of IDX. See Note 6 to
          the Consolidated Financial Statements.

     (4)  Includes the December 31, 1998  acquisition of UCI.. See Note 6 to the
          Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                       40




ITEM 7 - MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GENERAL

In 1998,  the Company  changed its fiscal year end from March 31 to December 31.
This  change  reflects  some  of the  more  fundamental  changes  instituted  by
management.

The business of the Company is to provide  services to large  telecommunications
companies, primarily to telephone companies which are dominant in their national
market, and to specialized telephone companies and to Internet Service Providers
("ISP's") as well.  The services of the Company  enable its customers to provide
global reach for  "enhanced" or "value added"  services that they are supplying,
in turn,  to their end user  customers.  Prior to 1998,  the entire focus was on
supporting calling card services. In 1998 that focus began to change.

Taking  advantage of the key assets of the Company - its operating  platforms in
more than forty countries, its ability to originate telephone calls (and in many
cases,  provide data access) in more than 90 countries and territories,  and the
customer and operating  relationships  built over the years - management started
working  with  customers  to  extend  the line of  services.  A key part of that
extension was the recognition  that "IP" (Internet  Protocol  technologies)  had
become a basic  element of the  Company's  business and a principal  need of its
customers- even the card services business relies on IP software and services in
its billing and operating functions.  To support the extension of services,  the
Company acquired IDX, as discussed below, with its IP voice and fax capabilities
and made significant investments in unified messaging software. In addition, the
Company  began  exploring  ways to integrate  other  services into its operating
platforms,  including  additional  acquisitions  which might complement  current
offerings or extend the Company's portfolio of services.

After a year of restructuring and refocus,  the Company is implementing its new,
broader services strategy and leaves 1998 committed to a program of growth. This
program will demand substantial new resources,  particularly human resources and
cash.  For these  reasons,  in the first quarter of 1999 the Company  raised $10
million from the sale of equity,  arranged a $20 million debt  facility  from an
affiliate  of  a  major  stockholder,   entered  into  a  key  vendor  financing
arrangement and plans to raise substantial  amounts of additional capital during
the next two years.  Growth in international  telecommunications  business often
results in a  disparity  between  cash  outlays and  inflows  during  periods of
growth,  with  outlays far  exceeding  inflows.  The Company has entered  such a
period of growth.

Management  expects  to invest in growth.  Cash will be the key  element of that
investment  -  whether  it takes  the form of  recruiting  personnel,  acquiring
technology,  expanding  facilities,  or  extending  the  business  base  through
marketing or acquisitions.  In 1998, the Company made two principal  investments
in growth - the acquisition of IDX and the investment in, and the acquisition of
a technology license for, unified messaging technology.

     On December 2, 1998, the Company acquired IDX  International,  Inc. ("IDX")
which  provides IP  (Internet  Protocol)  voice and fax  transmission  services,
principally to telephone  companies and ISP's.  The Company  acquired all of the
common and preferred stock of IDX for (a) 500,000 shares of Series B Convertible
Preferred  Stock valued at $3.5 million which is  convertible  into a maximum of
2,500,000 shares (2,000,000  shares until  stockholder  approval is obtained) of
common stock;  (b) warrants to purchase up to an additional  2,500,000 shares of
common  stock



                                       41




(subject  to  stockholder  approval  and to  IDX  meeting  "earnout"  objectives
described below); (c) $5.4 million in 7.75% convertible  subordinated promissory
notes ("IDX Notes") (subject to adjustment as described below); (d) $1.5 million
in bridge loan advances to IDX made by the Company prior the  acquisition  which
were converted into part of the purchase price plus accrued  interest charges of
$0.04  million and (e) direct  costs  associated  with the  acquisition  of $0.4
million.  The Company  plans to include  the  requests  for the  approval of the
warrants and additional stock as matters to be voted upon by the stockholders at
the next  annual  meeting.  The  acquisition  has been  accounted  for under the
purchase method of accounting.  The financial  statements of the Company reflect
the preliminary allocation of the purchase price. The preliminary allocation has
resulted in acquired  goodwill of $10.9 million,  which is being  amortized on a
straight-line  basis over seven years. The allocation has not been finalized due
to several  purchase price elements  which are contingent  upon working  capital
levels,  stockholder  approvals  subsequent  to the date of  acquisition,  IDX's
ability to achieve certain revenue and EBITDA objectives twelve months after the
date of close and the stock price of the Company's  common stock during the same
twelve month period.  Based on the contingent  price elements  discussed  above,
goodwill  associated  with the  acquisition  may materially  increase when these
contingencies are resolved. (See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for further discussion).

     The consolidated  revenues and costs for the period ended December 31, 1998
included the IDX results of operations  for the month of December  which are not
material to the consolidated  financial  statements.  For the fiscal year ending
December 31,  1999,  however,  the Company  expects the IDX services to become a
significant source of revenue growth.

     The  Company  made a cash  investment  of more than $1  million  in unified
messaging  technology in the nine months ended December 31, 1998.  Most of those
funds  consisted of advances to a software  based  service  company in which the
Company is considering  making a joint venture  investment.  For the investment,
the  Company  received  a  technology   license  and  has  participated  in  the
development  and beta testing of the core software.  The Company is preparing to
launch a new service in cooperation with some of its existing customers based on
this  technology.  While the  Company  does not expect  significant  revenues or
returns from this  investment in 1999,  it believes  that IP and voice  services
based on this  technology  will become a significant  portion of its business in
2000 and beyond. For this reason, management plans to continue its investment in
this software in 1999 and may enter into a joint venture  arrangement which will
give it a greater voice in the further development of the software.

     Revenue.  Through  December  31,  1998,  most of the revenue of the Company
resulted from providing  services and was generated  through  contracts for card
services, the sale of international toll free services, and to a limited degree,
by use of the Company's legacy proprietary calling cards. The charge for service
is on a per  call  basis,  determined  primarily  by  minutes  of  use  and  the
originating and terminating  points of the call. The charging  structure for IDX
is  substantially  similar.  Some contracts call for monthly minimums and almost
all contracts are  multi-year  agreements.  As the Company begins to provide new
services, it expects its model for charging for services to remain basically the
same,  although in certain new offerings,  such as unified messaging,  there are
likely to be basic  monthly  subscriber  charges in addition to per  transaction
charges.  In prior years,  the Company  generated  revenue  from other  sources,
generally  sales of  billing  and  platform  systems  and  nonrecurring  special
projects.


                                       42




     Costs. The principal component of the cost of revenue for card services and
IP voice and fax services is transmission costs. The Company continues to pursue
strategies  for  reducing  costs  of  transmission.   These  strategies  include
establishing  partnering  arrangements with various  carriers,  negotiating more
cost-effective  agreements  with  other  carriers  and  routing  traffic  to the
lowest-cost,   highest  quality  providers.   Also,  in  fiscal  year  1999  and
thereafter,  the  strategy  will  include  cost  effective  provisioning  of the
Company's own IP trunks.

     Other components of operating costs are selling, general and administrative
expenses,  which include  personnel  costs,  consulting  and legal fees,  travel
expenses,  bad debt allowances and other administrative  expenses.  Depreciation
and  amortization  expense  includes the allocation of the cost of  transmission
equipment,  property  and  office  equipment,  and  various  intangible  assets,
principally goodwill arising from several recent acquisitions, over their useful
lives.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NINE MONTH PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1998

     Overview.  The  Company  incurred a net loss of $7.1  million  for the nine
month period ended December 31, 1998 compared to a net loss of $13.3 million for
the year ended March 31, 1998.  The table below shows a  comparative  summary of
certain  significant  charges  to  income  in both  periods,  some of which  are
nonrecurring, which affected net operating results:



                                                                                      (in millions)
                                                                    Nine month period ended              Year Ended March
                                                                      December 31, 1998                      31, 1998
                                                              -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                           
       Corporate realignment costs                                              $ -                           $  3.1
       Proxy-related litigation settlement costs                                0.1                              3.9
       Settlement costs                                                         1.0                                -
       Additional income tax provision                                            -                              1.5
       Allowance and write-offs for bad debts                                   0.8                              1.4
       Warrants associated with debt                                            0.6                              0.5
       Other items                                                              0.4                              0.6
                                                                              -----                           ------
                                                                              $ 2.9                           $ 11.0
                                                                              =====                           ======



     After  deducting  these  items,  the loss for the nine month  period  ended
December 31, 1998  totaled  $4.2  million  compared to $2.3 million for the full
year ended March 31, 1998.

     The  principal  factors  in the loss for the nine  month  period  are:  (1)
reduction in business  arrangements,  including the  termination of contracts or
business  arrangements  which  did not fit with the  focus of the  Company;  (2)
reduction in prices to provide more competitive  offerings;  (3) more aggressive
collection  efforts,  including  demands for timely payments from customers with
outstanding  delinquent  accounts,  which  resulted in a substantial  decline in
revenues from what had



                                       43




formerly been the largest customer of the Company;  (4) a continuing  decline in
revenue from non-core, but large, North American customers; (5) the inclusion of
revenue from a major card  service  contract  which,  in the first phase of this
contract in the fourth  calendar  quarter of 1998,  was billed largely on a cost
reimbursable basis; and (6) continued weakness in our Asian customer base during
the entire nine month  period.  The  negative  effect of these  factors on gross
profit  contribution  is  estimated to be $2.2 million for the nine month period
ended December 31, 1998.

     Management  has taken steps to reverse this trend  through the expansion of
its service offerings to its existing customers,  expansion of the customer base
through  revamped  sales and  marketing  and  through  acquisitions.  Management
believes that these steps will result in significant  revenue growth  throughout
1999 and an improvement in margins beginning in the second and third quarters of
1999.

     Revenue.  Revenue for the nine month period ended December 31, 1998 totaled
$22.5 million  compared to $33.1 million for the full year ended March 31, 1998.
Of this total,  $18.6 million was derived from the card  services  customer base
with which the Company began the period (the "legacy  customer  base").  For the
six months  ended  September  30,  1998,  revenue  from our legacy  calling card
customer  base  averaged  $7.2 million per  quarter.  (For the fiscal year ended
March  31,  1998  services  revenue  averaged  approximately  $7.7  million  per
quarter).  As discussed  above,  revenue from this legacy customer base declined
over the period and represented  only $4.2 million in the quarter ended December
31,  1998.  These  declines  from the legacy  customer  base are  expected to be
permanent  (with the  exception of the decline in Asia) and are derived  largely
from North American customers,  including  particularly the large customer which
had substantial  delinquencies  in payment.  The legacy customers that represent
most of the  decline  are not  crucial to the  Company's  network  of  operating
platforms nor to the global  growth  strategy and the extension of services upon
which management is focusing.

     Offsetting  this decline  somewhat is the inclusion in revenue for the nine
month period ended  December 31, 1998 of $2.0 million,  mainly in the last three
months,  from a  significant  card services  contract with a new North  American
customer.  However,  in the first phase of this contract,  the Company agreed to
bill this  customer on a  cost-reimbursable  basis for the major portion of this
business.  Accordingly,  this revenue source has contributed only a minor amount
of margin to the Company's  operating  results to date. In 1999, the Company has
begun a second phase of the contract which is expected to provide higher revenue
and margins than the  cost-reimbursable  basis  experienced in the quarter ended
December 31, 1998.

     Revenue from the Company's Asian card service base was $5.9 million for the
nine month period ended December 31, 1998 compared to $10.3 million for the year
ended March 31, 1998. Economic activity in most areas of the Asia-Pacific region
remains weak and the Company's  near term outlook for card  services  revenue in
this market is that it will  continue at current  levels.  However,  the Company
anticipates  that a significant  portion of the expected revenue growth from new
services, such as those acquired with IDX, will come from this region.

     Also included in the  consolidated  revenue for the nine month period ended
December 31, 1998 is $0.6 million,  which  represents IDX revenues for the month
of December 1998. Based on new



                                       44




contracts  executed  during  late 1998 and the first  quarter  of 1999,  revenue
contribution from IDX is expected to be significant in calendar 1999.

     Gross Profit. Gross profit was 44% of total revenue or $9.9 million for the
nine month period ended December 31, 1998,  compared to 43% or $14.3 million for
the full year ended  March 31,  1998.  Excluding  the  effects of the low margin
first  phase of the large new card  services  contract  described  above,  gross
profit  from the  Company's  card  service  business  was 46% for the nine month
period ended December 31, 1998.  This margin  improvement  over that realized in
the previous year (43%) is due primarily to active  efforts to reduce  operating
costs.  Cost of revenue is expected to continue to  fluctuate as new pricing and
contractual  arrangements  are put in place  and as the  Company's  revenue  mix
continues  to  change.  Transmission  costs,  the  principal  element of cost of
service,  should also begin to show the positive impact in 1999 arising from use
of the expanding IP transmission network of IDX.

     Selling,  General and  Administrative  Expenses  ("SG&A").  These  expenses
totaled $12.6 million for the nine month period ended December 31, 1998 compared
to $14.0  million for the full year ended March 31,  1998.  Included in the nine
month total is a $0.8 million  provision for doubtful  accounts compared to $1.4
million for the full year ended March 31, 1998. In the fourth  calendar  quarter
of 1998, the Company incurred a non-cash charge of $0.4 million for compensation
expense related to the IDX acquisition for a granting by the IDX stockholders of
acquisition  consideration to a number of IDX employees.  Excluding this charge,
other SG&A  expenses,  principally  salaries  and  benefits,  travel,  legal and
professional  fees and other  overhead  costs  averaged $3.8 million per quarter
during the nine month period ended  December 31, 1998,  compared to $3.2 million
per quarter for the year ended March 31,  1998.  The  principal  factors in this
increase are higher  personnel costs resulting from recruitment and upgrading of
management and additions to the marketing and sales staff.

     Settlement  Costs.  As  described in Note 7 to the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements,  the Company and its largest  stockholder  entered into a settlement
agreement  to resolve all current and future  claims.  The  difference  in value
between the Convertible Preferred Stock issued to the stockholder and the common
stock  surrendered  by the  stockholder  was $1.0 million,  which  resulted in a
non-cash  charge to the statement of  operations in the quarter ended  September
30, 1998.

     Depreciation  and  Amortization  Expense.  This  expense for the nine month
period ended December 31, 1998 totaled $2.3 million compared to $2.8 million for
the full year ended  March 31,  1998.  These  charges  are  expected to increase
significantly  in the  future as the full  effect of  amortization  of  goodwill
arising from recent acquisitions is charged to the statement of operations.

     Other Expenses (Income). Interest expense totaled $1.0 million for the nine
month period ended  December 31, 1998 compared to $1.6 million for the full year
ended March 31, 1998. This cost will increase in future reporting periods due to
the increase in debt assumed as part of the acquisition program in 1998 and 1999
as well as the $7.0 million in financing finalized in April 1999.

     The Company  recorded a foreign  currency  transaction loss of $0.1 million
during the nine month  period  ended  December  31, 1998  arising  from  foreign
currency cash and accounts  receivable balances maintained by the Company during
the period in which the U.S. dollar  strengthened.  For the year ended March 31,
1998, this charge was $0.4 million.  The Company's  exposure to foreign



                                       45




currency  losses is mitigated  due to the variety of customers and markets which
comprise the Company's  customer base, as well as geographic  diversification of
that customer base. In addition, the majority of the Company's largest customers
settle their accounts in U.S. dollars.

     During the nine months ended December 31, 1998,  the Company  incurred $0.1
million  proxy related  litigation  expenses as compared to $3.9 million for the
year ended  March 31,  1998.  Related to the class  action  lawsuit  for which a
settlement  agreement was reached in April 1998.  Of the amount  recorded in the
year ended March 31, 1998,  $3.5 million related to the escrow of 350,000 shares
of the  Company's  common  stock,  which  have been  valued at $10.00  per share
pursuant to the terms of the  settlement  agreement.  Such value  relates to the
Company's  obligation to issue  additional  stock or cash if the market price of
the  Company's  stock is less than $10.00 per share during the defined  periods.
See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

     Taxes on Income.  No income tax  provision  was recorded for the nine month
period ended December 31, 1998 due to the operating  losses  incurred.  Taxes on
income for the year ended March 31, 1998 were $1.6  million.  The tax  provision
for amounts currently due is primarily the result of the Company's completion of
a study to  simplify  its tax and  corporate  structure  wherein  it  identified
potential  tax  issues  arising  out  of  its  international  subsidiaries.   In
connection  with  this  study,   the  Company  realized  it  had  potential  tax
liabilities  and  recorded an  additional  tax  provision of $1.5 million in the
fourth  quarter  of the year  ended  March 31,  1998.  The  Company's  study was
completed in January,  1999 and no additional  reserve for taxes was recorded as
of December 31, 1998. The eventual  outcome cannot be predicted with  certainty.
No tax  claims  have  been  asserted  against  the  Company.  See Note 12 to the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements for further  discussion  regarding  taxes on
income.








YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1998 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1997

     Overview.  The  Company  incurred a net loss of $13.3  million for the year
ended March 31, 1998,  of which $11.0 million is  attributable  to the following
charges:



                                                                         (in millions)
                                                                           
      Corporate realignment costs                                           $ 3.1
      Proxy-related litigation settlement costs                               3.9
      Additional income tax provision                                         1.5
      Additional allowance for doubtful accounts                              1.4
      Warrants associated with debt                                           0.5
      Other items                                                             0.6
                                                                            -----
                                                                            $11.0
                                                                            =====


                                       46




     Some of these charges  resulted  principally  from a detailed review of the
Company's  activities  initiated  by new  management  in the last few  months of
fiscal 1998 and are described in more detail below.

     Excluding these items,  the Company  incurred a net loss for the year ended
March 31,  1998 of $2.3  million  compared  to net income in fiscal 1997 of $0.8
million. The difference is principally due to a $1.6 million contribution to net
income in fiscal 1997 of revenues from non-services  sources which did not recur
in fiscal  1998.  Also in the year ended March 31,  1998,  the  Company's  gross
profit from its services business remained flat compared to fiscal 1997 while it
incurred additional  recurring  operating expenses of $1.1 million,  principally
depreciation and amortization. Interest expense, excluding a $0.5 million charge
related to the amortization of debt discount  associated with warrants (see Note
11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information),  increased
by $0.3 million  over fiscal 1997.  Foreign  exchange  losses  increased by $0.3
million over fiscal 1997.

     New  management has taken steps to increase  revenues and improve  margins.
They have completed a review of the operations and activities of the Company and
have refocused the Company's  marketing and sales activities with an emphasis on
stabilizing  and growing the existing  core business and on adding new services.
In practical terms,  this means that: (1) the Company refocused its resources on
both  expanding  its customer base and extending its line of services to realize
the  value  of its  global  network  of  operating  platforms;  (2) the  Company
established  a small  staff  devoted to  improving  its  network  structure  and
reducing its marginal transmission costs (and, therefore,  its cost of revenue),
and contracts were entered into which will help to reduce  transmission costs in
the next fiscal year;  (3) the Company  increased its sales and marketing  staff
and allocated additional funds for marketing and promotional activities; and (4)
staffing needs were assessed and reductions and realignments were completed. The
Company  instituted  a  process  to add new  network  and  operations  staff  as
necessary to support new contracts.

     A thorough  review of corporate  practices and  procedures was completed in
1998. This review resulted in a number of improvements to internal reporting and
review  procedures.   The  Company  also  undertook  a  study  to  simplify  its
organizational  and tax structure and  identified  potential  international  tax
issues. In connection with this study, the Company realized it had potential tax
liabilities  and  recorded an  additional  tax  provision of $1.5 million in the
fiscal  year ended  March 31, 1998 to reserve  against  liabilities  which might
arise under the existing structure. The Company's study was completed in January
1999 and no  additional  reserve for taxes was recorded as of December 31, 1998.
The eventual outcome cannot be predicted with certainty. No tax claims have been
asserted against the Company.

     Revenue for the year ended March 31, 1998 was $33.1 million. By comparison,
revenue  for the year ended  March 31, 1997 was $34.0  million,  including  $2.0
million  attributable to non-service


                                       47




revenue  (principally billing and platform equipment sales, revenue from calling
card production and contract settlement charges related to disputes over special
projects).  Although total revenue  decreased from the year ended March 31, 1997
to the year ended March 31, 1998, services revenue increased $1.0 million or 3%.
The  increase  was  due  to  increased  customer  usage  partially  offset  by a
combination  of three  elements:  a decline  in revenue  from the long  distance
resale  services  of the  Company;  lower per minute  revenue due to new pricing
programs  which went into  effect in the first and second  quarters  of the year
ended 1998;  and a lack of new revenue  generating  contracts in the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1998.

     Gross  Profit.  Gross  profit was 43% or $14.3  million  for the year ended
March 31,  1998,  compared to 47% or $16.1  million for the year ended March 31,
1997.  This decline was due  partially to the positive  margin  contribution  of
non-service  revenues  in the year ended March 31, 1997 which did not reoccur in
the year ended March 31, 1998.  Excluding  the effects of  non-service  revenue,
gross  profit for  services  revenue  was 43% for the year ended  March 31, 1998
compared to 45% for fiscal 1997.  This decrease was due to lower pricing related
to various customer contracts which was not offset by corresponding decreases in
transmission costs, the principal component of cost of revenue.  Cost of revenue
was expected to fluctuate in the next few periods as new pricing and contractual
arrangements  were put in place and as the Company worked to improve its network
structure and transmission costs.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  were $14.0  million for the year ended March 31, 1998,
compared to $11.9 million for the year ended March 31, 1997, an increase of $2.1
million or 18%. As a percentage of revenue,  selling, general and administrative
expenses  were  42% and 35% for  the  years  ended  March  31,  1998  and  1997,
respectively. A major factor in the increase was the addition of $1.3 million to
the allowance  for doubtful  accounts.  Of this amount,  half was related to one
customer who, in the Company's view,  unilaterally took unsubstantiated  credits
off invoiced amounts and refused to pay a large invoice for contract  settlement
charges related to a special  project.  The Company had an allowance as of March
31,  1998 to reflect  potential  costs of  collection.  (In the  quarter  ending
December 31, 1998, the Company recovered $1.5 million in cash and a $0.4 million
usage  credit from this  customer.  This  settlement  resulted in no  additional
write-off for bad debts). The balance of the remaining increase in the allowance
was spread among several  accounts,  principally  in the  Asia-Pacific  area, to
provide for  collection  issues that may arise from economic and other  factors.
The Company incurred $0.8 million in other selling,  general and  administrative
expenses related to increases in payroll due to the hiring of new management and
other  personnel,  consulting and legal fees,  travel  expenses and for internal
communication costs.

     Corporate  Realignment  Expense.  The Company incurred various  realignment
costs  during  the year  ended  March  31,  1998  resulting  from the  review of
operations and activities undertaken by new corporate  management.  These costs,
which totaled $3.1 million,  include  employee  severance,  legal and consulting
fees and the write down of certain  investments  made in the Company's  Internet
service development program.

     Depreciation  and  Amortization  Expense.   Depreciation  and  amortization
expense  for the year ended  March 31,  1998 was $2.8  million  compared to $1.7
million for the year ended March 31,



                                       48




1997,  an  increase  of $1.1  million or 59%.  In addition to an increase in the
asset base of $2.1  million  in the year ended  March 31,  1998,  a full  year's
depreciation  was  recorded  in the year ended  March 31,  1998 for fiscal  1997
property additions of $5.0 million,  a significant  portion of which occurred in
the latter part of fiscal 1997.

     Other Expense (Income).  Interest expense for the year ended March 31, 1998
was $1.6 million, compared to $0.8 million for the year ended March 31, 1997, an
increase of $0.8 million or 101%. This increase relates primarily to expenses of
$0.5 million related to additional  interest expense associated with warrants to
purchase common stock issued in connection with debt  obligations.  Also,  there
was an increase in average  borrowings  during the year ended March 31, 1998 and
the Company incurred  additional finance charges relating to the extensions of a
term loan.

     The Company  recorded a foreign  currency  transaction loss of $0.4 million
for the year  ended  March 31,  1998  arising  from  foreign  currency  cash and
accounts  receivable  balances  maintained by the Company  during the year.  The
Company's exposure to foreign currency losses is mitigated due to the variety of
customers  and markets  which  comprise the  Company's  customer  base,  as well
geographic  diversification  of that  customer  base.  In addition,  most of the
Company's largest customers settle their accounts in U.S. dollars.

     During the year ended March 31, 1998,  the Company  incurred  proxy related
litigation  expense of $3.9 million  arising  from the class action  lawsuit for
which a settlement  agreement was reached,  as described  earlier (see "Item 3 -
Legal  Proceedings").  Of this  amount,  $3.5  million  related to the escrow of
350,000  shares of the Company's  common  stock,  which was valued at $10.00 per
share pursuant to the terms of the settlement  agreement.  Such value related to
the Company's  obligation to issue  additional stock or cash if the market price
of the Company's stock is less than $10.00 per share during the defined periods.
See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

     Taxes on Income.  Taxes on income for the year  ended  March 31,  1998 were
$1.6  million,  with no  comparable  tax  provision for the year ended March 31,
1997.  This tax provision  was  primarily  the result of the Company's  study to
simplify its tax structure  wherein it identified  potential  international  tax
issues and realized it had  potential tax  liabilities.  Refer to Note 12 to the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements for further  discussion  regarding  taxes on
income.


LIQUIDITY, CAPITAL RESOURCES AND OTHER FINANCIAL DATA

     As discussed above,  management  launched an aggressive  growth plan toward
the end of 1998 and intends to pursue that plan into the foreseeable  future.  A
result of that plan will be increasing  cash demands and the need for aggressive
cash management.  To accomplish all that it seeks to do, management will have to
acquire  significant  financing,  some of which it has  already  achieved in the
first quarter of 1999.

     Cash and cash  equivalents  were $1.4 million at December 31, 1998 compared
to $2.4  million at March 31,  1998.  Accounts  payable  totaled $5.8 million at
December  31,  1998  compared  to $1.1  million  at March  31,  1998,  resulting
principally  from  deferrals  of  payments to certain  vendors and



                                       49




professional  service  firms due to the  Company's  tight  cash  situation  (see
discussion below for financings in the first quarter of 1999 which were used, in
part,  to bring  these  companies  and firms  more  current).  Accrued  expenses
increased by $2.0 million to $6.2 million at December 31, 1998  primarily due to
accruals for interest  costs on debt payable only at maturity and costs  accrued
for  acquisitions  and  transmission  for which no bills had been received as of
December 31, 1998.  Cash inflows from  operating  activities  for the nine month
period ended  December 31, 1998  totaled $3.6  million,  compared to outflows of
$2.5  million  for the full year ended March 31,  1998.  There was a net working
capital  deficiency  of $21.0  million at December 31, 1998 compared to positive
working  capital of $2.4 million at March 31, 1998. In addition to the Company's
operating losses, this large change in working capital resulted principally from
the  reclassification  of $8.5 million of debt due in August 1999 ($7.5 million)
and December 1999 ($1.0 million) to a current  liability as of December 31, 1998
and to short-term  indebtedness  totaling $6.3 million incurred primarily during
the fourth calendar  quarter of 1998 related to acquisitions  (see Note 6 to the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements).  Of this latter amount, up to $5.4 million
(plus  accrued  interest)  may be paid, at the  Company's  sole  discretion,  by
issuance of common  stock.  The first $1.0 million was repaid by the issuance of
common stock in March 1999.

     In the nine month period ended  December 31, 1998,  in addition to the $2.2
million paid in connection  with the  acquisition  of IDX, the Company  acquired
property and equipment of approximately $2.0 million and made other investments,
principally  advances  totaling  $1.0 million to the unified  messaging  company
which  provides the software  upon which the Company is basing its new messaging
service  and in  which  the  Company  is  considering  making  a  joint  venture
investment.  This compares to $2.1 million in property and  equipment  additions
for the full year ended  March 31,  1998.  In both  periods,  the  property  and
equipment expenditures were principally for upgrades and additions to the global
network of operating platforms. Cash generated from financing activities totaled
$0.7 million during the nine month period ended December 31, 1998, mainly due to
proceeds from a $1.0 million loan from an existing  stockholder received in June
1998, which is payable in December 1999. For the full year ended March 31, 1998,
cash  generated  from  financing  activities  totaled $4.8 million,  the primary
source being the  issuance of common  stock for $7.5 million  reduced by the net
retirement of long-debt obligations of $3.0 million.

     In January and  February,  1999,  the  Company  entered  into two  separate
financing  transactions  through the  issuance of  preferred  stock and warrants
totaling $10.0 million (see Note 17 to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements).
Proceeds from these  financings to date are $8.0 million with the remaining $2.0
million to be received upon registering the underlying  common stock issuable on
conversion.  Substantially  all of the proceeds from these  financings have been
used during the first quarter of 1999 to reduce accounts payable and to meet the
capital expenditure and working capital requirements of the business.

     In February 1999, the Company acquired Telekey,  a communications  services
company,  with a  card  based  range  of  services  including  calling,  e-mail,
voicemail and other features which will be incorporated in the expanded  service
offerings of the Company.  Telekey was  acquired for cash,  short-term  notes of
$0.3 million and convertible  preferred  stock.  See Note 17 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.


                                       50




     In April 1999, the Company  obtained a financing  commitment in the form of
long-term debt totaling $20.0 million from an affiliate of the Company's largest
stockholder.  This commitment is subject to stockholder approval (see Note 18 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements).  In addition, the lender provided a loan
of $7.0  million  with a term of one year which is intended to serve as a bridge
to stockholder approval or the acquisition of other financing.

     Current Funding Requirements.  The Company has the following estimated firm
cash obligations and requirements during calendar 1999:



                                                                                  (in millions)
                                                                                     
       Repayment of loans due August and December                                     $ 9.5
            1999, including  interest
       Payment of promissory note issued in connection                                  0.5
            with acquisition
       Payment of estimated tax obligations related to prior                            1.1
            years
       Y2K compliance program (see below)                                               1.0
                                                                                      -----
                                                                                      $12.1
                                                                                      =====


     Through April 14, 1999, the Company acquired new funding and commitments in
excess of $32.0 million:  $10.0 million from the sale of  convertible  stock (of
which the $8.0 million has been  received and $2.0 million will be advanced upon
registration  of the  underlying  common  shares);  $20.0  million in  committed
long-term debt which is subject to stockholder  approval  (under the commitment,
the Lender has  provided a bridge  loan of $7.0  million  which the  Company has
drawn down); and $2.0 million or more in vendor financing for network  equipment
purchases.  Assuming that stockholder  approval is forthcoming for the long-term
debt,  these funds might  permit the  Company to meet a modest  baseline  growth
plan.  To achieve the  growth,  both short and  long-term,  that  management  is
targeting,  however,  will require additional capital.  The plan under which the
Company is  currently  operating  requires  cash in the second  half of the year
which the Company  anticipates will come from (1) a capital markets financing of
debt or equity in the second  half of the year of up to $30.0  million,  and (2)
secured equipment based financing of up to $10.0 million.

     The  Company's  growth  plan  contemplates,  in  addition  to the firm cash
obligations  noted  above,  additional  capital  needs  of up to  $38.0  million
(including  expenditures for the first quarter which, as noted above,  used most
of the $8.0 million in proceeds  from the sale of  convertible  stock).  Most of
these funds will be used for network expansion and upgrade, for the extension of
the line of  services,  for a few key  acquisitions  and  investments,  and,  in
particular,  for the launch of new services,  such as the messaging service.  If
significantly  less  capital  is  available,  plans  will need to be  curtailed,
negatively affecting growth, particularly the launch of new services.

     Of  the  financing  currently  committed,   $13.0  million  is  subject  to
stockholder  approval at the Company's next annual meeting scheduled to occur in
the second  quarter of 1999. The Company's  management  believes that there is a
high probability that stockholder  approval will be obtained.  However,  if this
approval does not occur, the Company will be required to find additional sources
of



                                       51




capital in the  short-term,  principally  to repay the  indebtedness  (including
interest)  of $8.5 million due in August  1999.  In that event,  there can be no
assurance that the Company can raise additional  capital or generate  sufficient
funds  from  operations  to meet its  obligations.  The lack of funds from these
sources  would force the Company to curtail its existing  and planned  levels of
operations and would  therefore have a material  adverse effect on the Company's
business.


TAXES

     During 1998, the Company  undertook a study to simplify its  organizational
and  tax  structure  and  identified  potential  international  tax  issues.  In
connection  with this study,  the Company  determined  that it had potential tax
liabilities and recorded an additional tax provision of $1.5 million in the year
ended  March 31,  1998 to reserve  against  liabilities  which could have arisen
under  the  existing  structure.  The  Company  initiated  discussions  with the
Internal  Revenue Service ("IRS") related to the U. S. Federal income tax issues
identified  by the study and filed with the IRS  returns for the Company for the
years ended March 31, 1991 through 1998 reflecting  these findings.  Neither the
eventual  outcome of these  discussions  or of any other issues can be predicted
with certainty.

     As of December 31, 1998,  the Company has recorded a net deferred tax asset
of $8.3  million  and has  approximately  $16.3  million of net  operating  loss
carryforwards available. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance equal to
the net deferred tax asset as management  has not been able to determine that it
is more likely than not that the  deferred  tax asset will be realized  based in
part  on  the  foreign   operations  and  availability  of  the  operating  loss
carryforwards to offset only U.S. tax provisions.  In addition,  included in the
net operating  carryforwards are approximately  $6.0 million acquired in the IDX
acquisition that are limited in use to  approximately  $0.3 million per year and
must be offset only by taxable  income  generated  from IDX.  See Note 12 to the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  regarding  further  discussion  of taxes on
income.


EFFECT OF INFLATION

     The Company  believes that  inflation has not had a material  effect on the
results of operations to date.


ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND YEAR 2000 ISSUES

     Recent Accounting Pronouncements - The Financial Accounting Standards Board
("FASB") has issued SFAS No. 133,  "Accounting  for Derivative  Instruments  and
Hedging  Activities." SFAS No. 133 requires  companies to record  derivatives on
the balance sheet as assets or liabilities, measured at fair market value. Gains
or  losses  resulting  from  changes  in the  values  of those  derivatives  are
accounted  for depending on the use of the  derivative  and whether it qualifies
for hedge accounting. The key criterion for hedge accounting is that the hedging
relationship  must be highly effective in achieving  offsetting  changes in fair
value or cash flows.  SFAS No. 133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
June 15, 1999 and is currently not applicable to the Company.

     Year 2000 Issues - The Company is aware of the issues  associated  with the
programming code in existing  computer systems as the year 2000 approaches.  The
"Year 2000 Issue" or "Y2K Issue"  arises  because  many  computer  and  hardware
systems use only two digits to represent  the year.  As a



                                       52




result,  these  systems and programs may not process dates beyond the year 1999,
which may cause errors in  information  or system  failures.  Assessments of the
potential  effects of the Y2K issue vary  markedly  among  different  companies,
governments, consultants, economists and commentators, and it is not possible to
predict  what the actual  impact may be.  Because  the Company  uses  Unix-based
systems for its platforms and operating systems to deliver service to customers,
the Company believes  material  modifications  may not be required to ensure Y2K
compliance.  However, the Company is in the process of assessing and testing the
software  resident on all its system  hardware to validate  this  assertion  and
anticipate  that  testing  will be  completed  by June 1999.  The  Company is in
various  stages of its analysis,  assessment,  planning and  remediation  and is
using  internal and external  resources to identify,  correct or reprogram,  and
test the computer system for Y2K compliance.  The Company anticipates completing
all  reprogramming  efforts,  including  testing,  by June 1999.  Management  is
continuing to update and evaluate the  financial  impact of Y2K  compliance  and
expects that total costs will not exceed $1.0 million. The Company is proceeding
with an internal  certification  process of its propriety systems (e.g.  Calling
card and  billing  systems).  The  Company  intends to use  external  sources as
necessary to validate our certification of these critical  systems.  No material
costs have been  incurred  during the nine month period ended  December 31, 1998
and  management  estimates  that the Company will incur most of the costs during
1999.

          The Company is also in the process of assessing Year 2000 readiness of
its key suppliers and customers.  This project has been  undertaken  with a view
toward  assuring  that the Company has  adequate  resources to cover its various
telecommunications  requirements.  A  failure  of  the  Company's  suppliers  or
customers  to address  adequately  their Year 2000  readiness  could  affect the
Company's business adversely. The Company's worst-case Year 2000 scenarios would
include:  (i) undetected  errors or uncorrected  defects in its current  product
offerings;  (ii)  corruption  of  data  contained  in its  internal  information
systems;  and (iii) the failure of infrastructure  services provided by External
Providers.  The Company is in the process of reviewing its contingency  planning
in all of these areas and expects the plans to include,  among other things, the
availability of support personnel to assist with customer support issues, manual
"work arounds" for internal  software failure,  and substitution of systems,  if
needed. The Company anticipates that it will have a contingency plan in place by
June 1999. In addition, the Company is aware of the potential for claims against
it for damages  arising from products and services that are not Year 2000 ready.
The  Company  believes  that such  claims  against  it would be  without  merit.
Finally,  the Year 2000 presents a number of risks and uncertainties  that could
affect the Company,  including  utilities  failures,  competition  for personnel
skilled in the  resolution  of Year 2000  issues  and the  nature of  government
responses to the issues  among  others.  The  Company's  expectations  as to the
extent and  timeliness of  modifications  required in order to achieve Year 2000
compliance is a forward-looking  statement  subject to risks and  uncertainties.
Actual  results  may  vary  materially  as a  result  of a  number  of  factors,
including,  among others,  those  described in this  paragraph.  There can be no
assurance  however,  that the Company will be able to  successfully  modify on a
timely  basis such  products,  services  and  systems  to comply  with Year 2000
requirements,  which  failure  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's operating results.



                                       53




ITEM 7A - QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The  Company  measures  its  exposure  to  market  risk at any  point in time by
comparing the open  positions to a market risk of fair value.  The market prices
the  Company  uses to  determine  fair  value  are  based on  management's  best
estimates,  which consider various factors  including:  Closing exchange prices,
volatility  factors  and the time value of money.  At  December  31,  1998,  the
Company was exposed to some market risk through  interest rates on its long-term
debt and  preferred  stock and foreign  currency.  At  December  31,  1998,  the
Company's exposure to market risk was not material. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations - Other  Expenses
(Income)."









                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                                   ITEM 8 - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                      INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
                                                                                                         
         Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants                                               F-2

         Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, and March 31, 1998                                F-3 - F-4

         Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Nine Months Ended
              December 31, 1998, and the Years Ended March 31, 1998, and 1997                             F-5

         Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Nine Months Ended
              December 31, 1998, and the Years Ended March 31, 1998, and 1997                             F-6

         Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Nine Months
              Ended December 31, 1998 and the Years Ended March 31, 1998 and 1997                         F-7

         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended
              December 31, 1998, and the Years Ended March 31, 1998, and 1997                             F-8 - F-10

         Summary of Accounting Policies                                                                   F-11 - F-17

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                                       F-18 - F-54

SCHEDULE -

         II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                                                             F-55



                                                                             F-1





REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


Board of Directors and Stockholders
Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
d/b/a eGlobe, Inc.
Denver, Colorado

We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of  Executive
TeleCard, Ltd. (d/b/a eGlobe, Inc.) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and
March  31,  1998  and  the  related   consolidated   statements  of  operations,
stockholders'  equity,  comprehensive  income (loss) and cash flows for the nine
months ended December 31, 1998 and for each of the two years in the period ended
March 31, 1998.  We have also audited the  schedule  listed in the  accompanying
index.  These financial  statements and schedule are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about whether the financial  statements  and schedule are
free of material  misstatement.  An audit includes  examining,  on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial  statements and
schedule.  An audit also includes  assessing the accounting  principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
presentation  of the  financial  statements  and  schedule.  We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects,  the financial position of Executive TeleCard,
Ltd.  (d/b/a eGlobe,  Inc.) and  subsidiaries at December 31, 1998 and March 31,
1998,  and the  results  of their  operations  and their cash flows for the nine
month period ended December 31, 1998 and for each of the two years in the period
ended  March  31,  1998,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted   accounting
principles.

Also, in our opinion,  the schedule presents fairly,  in all material  respects,
the information set forth therein.

                                                            /s/ BDO SEIDMAN, LLP
                                                            --------------------
                                                            BDO SEIDMAN, LLP

March 19, 1999
except for Note 18, which is as of April 10, 1999
Denver, Colorado

                                                                             F-2




                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                                     CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                                                                    DECEMBER 31, 1998         MARCH 31, 1998
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                   
ASSETS

CURRENT:
Cash and cash equivalents                                              $ 1,407,131               $ 2,391,206
Restricted cash                                                            100,438                        -- 
Accounts receivable, less
     allowance of $986,497 and
     $1,472,197 for doubtful accounts                                    6,850,872                 7,719,853
Other current assets                                                       494,186                   376,604

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                                                     8,852,627                10,487,663
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT,
     net of accumulated depreciation
            and amortization (Note 1)                                   13,152,410                11,911,310

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS,

     net of accumulated amortization of
            $926,465 and $725,884                                       12,106,603                   203,875

OTHER:

     Advances to a potential joint
            venture (Note 17)                                              970,750                        --
     Deposits                                                              518,992                   233,901
     Deferred financing and acquisition costs                              736,071                        --
     Other assets                                                           50,708                    63,707
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total other assets                                                       2,276,521                   297,608
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TOTAL ASSETS                                                           $36,388,161               $22,900,456
=============================================================================================================



   See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated
                             financial statements.

                                                                             F-3





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                                     CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                                                         DECEMBER 31, 1998        MARCH 31, 1998
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT:
     Accounts payable                                                       $  5,798,055          $  1,135,800
     Accrued expenses (Note 2)                                                 6,203,177             4,222,806
     Income taxes payable (Note 12)                                            1,914,655             2,004,944
     Notes payable, principally related to
           acquisitions (Notes 5 and 6)                                        6,298,706                    -- 
     Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 4)                             8,540,214               244,020
     Other liabilities                                                         1,053,292               436,545
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                                                     29,808,099             8,044,115

LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturities (Note 4)                             1,237,344             7,735,581
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TOTAL LIABILITIES                                                             31,045,443            15,779,696
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
     (Notes 3 - 9, 11, 12, 14, 15, 17 and 18)

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 11 and 17):
     Preferred stock, authorized 5,000,000 shares:
         Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $.001
         par value, 500,000 shares authorized and
         outstanding (Note 6)                                                        500                    -- 
         8% Series C Cumulative Preferred Stock,
         $.001 par value, 275 shares authorized, 75
         shares outstanding (Note 7)                                                   1                    -- 
     Common stock, $.001 par value, 100,000,000
         shares authorized, 16,362,966 and 17,346,766
         shares outstanding                                                       16,362                17,346
     Additional paid-in capital                                               33,975,268            25,046,831
     Stock to be subscribed (Note 8)                                                  --             3,500,000
     Accumulated deficit                                                     (28,566,346)          (21,476,154)
     Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)                               (83,067)               32,737
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                     5,342,718             7,120,760
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                  $ 36,388,161          $ 22,900,456
=================================================================================================================


   See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated
                             financial statements.

                                                                             F-4





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                         Nine Months
                                                            Ended                    Years Ended March 31,
                                                         December 31,
                                                             1998                  1998                 1997
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                    
REVENUE  (Note 13)                                      $ 22,490,642          $ 33,122,767          $ 33,994,375

COST OF REVENUE                                           12,619,245            18,866,292            17,913,995
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GROSS PROFIT                                               9,871,397            14,256,475            16,080,380
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COSTS AND EXPENSES:
    Selling, general and administrative                   12,558,553            14,047,864            11,915,864
    Settlement costs (Note 7)                                996,532                    --                    -- 
    Corporate realignment expense (Note 2)                        --             3,139,191                    -- 
    Depreciation and amortization                          2,255,945             2,769,844             1,740,952
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TOTAL COSTS AND EXPENSES                                  15,811,030            19,956,899            13,656,816
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS                             (5,939,633)           (5,700,424)            2,423,564
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
      Interest expense                                    (1,018,049)           (1,651,236)             (849,073)
      Interest income                                         59,947                45,839                51,291
      Foreign currency transaction loss                     (130,757)             (409,808)              (75,409)
      Proxy related litigation expense (Note 8)             (119,714)           (3,900,791)             (528,421)
      Other income (expense), net                             58,014               (33,490)                   -- 
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TOTAL OTHER EXPENSE                                       (1,150,559)           (5,949,486)           (1,401,612)
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE TAXES
    ON INCOME                                             (7,090,192)          (11,649,910)            1,021,952
TAXES ON INCOME (Note 12)                                         --             1,640,000               248,000
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NET INCOME (LOSS)                                       $ (7,090,192)         $(13,289,910)         $    773,952
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NET EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE (Note 5):
      Basic                                             $      (0.40)         $      (0.78)         $       0.05
      Diluted                                           $      (0.40)         $      (0.78)         $       0.05
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated
                             financial statements.

                                                                             F-5






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                                                                                    
                                                                                             
 NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND                                            PREFERRED                      PREFERRED        
  YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,                           COMMON STOCK                   STOCK - SERIES B               STOCK - SERIES C    
     1998 AND 1997                            SHARES          AMOUNT            SHARES       AMOUNT          SHARES          AMOUNT 
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               
         BALANCE, APRIL 1, 1996             15,849,488    $     15,849              --   $         --             --   $         -- 
Stock issued in connection with
litigation
    settlement                                  11,000              11              --             --             --             -- 
Exercise of stock options                          752               1              --             --             --             -- 
Foreign currency translation adjustment             --              --              --             --             --             -- 
Net income for the year                             --              --              --             --             --             -- 
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        BALANCE, MARCH 31, 1997             15,861,240          15,861              --             --             --             -- 
Stock issued in lieu of cash payments           42,178              42              --             --             --             -- 
Stock issued in connection with
   private placement, net (Note 11)          1,425,000           1,425              --             --             --             -- 
Stock to be subscribed (Note 8)                     --              --              --             --             --             -- 
Exercise of stock appreciation rights           18,348              18              --             --             --             -- 
Issuance of warrants to purchase
   stock (Note 11)                                  --              --              --             --             --             -- 
Foreign currency translation adjustment             --              --              --             --             --             -- 
Net loss for the year                               --              --              --             --             --             -- 
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        BALANCE, MARCH 31, 1998             17,346,766          17,346              --             --             --             -- 
Stock issued in connection with
litigation
      settlement (Note 8)                       28,700              28              --             --             --             -- 
Subscribed stock issued to common
      escrow (Note 8)                          350,000             350              --             --             --             -- 
Issuance of warrants to purchase stock
      (Note 11)                                     --              --              --             --             --             -- 
Stock issued in connection with
      acquisitions (Note 6)                     62,500              63         500,000            500             --             -- 
Exchange of common stock for Series C
      Preferred (Note 7)                    (1,425,000)         (1,425)             --             --             75              1 
Compensation costs related to
acquisition
      (Note 6)                                      --              --              --             --             --             -- 
Foreign currency translation adjustment             --              --              --             --             --             -- 
Net loss for the period                             --              --              --             --             --             -- 
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998           16,362,966    $     16,362         500,000   $        500             75   $          1 







                                                                                                                            
                                                                                           ACCUMULATED                       
NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31,             STOCK TO BE     ADDITIONAL     ACCUMULATED         OTHER            TOTAL        
1998 AND YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,             SUBSCRIBED      PAID- IN         DEFICIT       COMPREHENSIVE    STOCKHOLDERS'    
   1998 AND 1997                                            CAPITAL                       INCOME (LOSS)       EQUITY  
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          
         BALANCE, APRIL 1, 1996           $         --    $ 15,901,574   $ (8,960,196)   $     82,782    $  7,040,009       
Stock issued in connection with                                                                                             
litigation                                                                                                                  
    settlement                                      --         146,238             --              --         146,249       
Exercise of stock options                           --              --             --              --               1       
Foreign currency translation adjustment             --              --             --            (939)           (939)      
Net income for the year                             --              --        773,952              --         773,952       
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        BALANCE, MARCH 31, 1997                     --      16,047,812     (8,186,244)         81,843       7,959,272       
Stock issued in lieu of cash payments               --         244,226             --              --         244,268       
Stock issued in connection with                                                                                             
   private placement, net (Note 11)                 --       7,481,075             --              --       7,482,500       
Stock to be subscribed (Note 8)              3,500,000              --             --              --       3,500,000       
Exercise of stock appreciation rights               --         137,530             --              --         137,548       
Issuance of warrants to purchase                                                                                            
   stock (Note 11)                                  --       1,136,188             --              --       1,136,188       
Foreign currency translation adjustment             --              --             --         (49,106)        (49,106)      
Net loss for the year                               --              --    (13,289,910)             --     (13,289,910)      
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        BALANCE, MARCH 31, 1998              3,500,000      25,046,831    (21,476,154)         32,737       7,120,760       
Stock issued in connection with                                                                                             
litigation                                                                                                                  
      settlement (Note 8)                           --          81,600             --              --          81,628       
Subscribed stock issued to common                                                                                           
      escrow (Note 8)                       (3,500,000)      3,499,650             --              --              --       
Issuance of warrants to purchase stock                                                                                      
      (Note 11)                                     --         328,231             --              --         328,231       
Stock issued in connection with                                                                                             
      acquisitions (Note 6)                         --       3,601,000             --              --       3,601,563       
Exchange of common stock for Series C                                                                                       
      Preferred (Note 7)                            --         997,956             --              --         996,532       
Compensation costs related to                                                                                               
acquisition                                                                                                                 
      (Note 6)                                      --         420,000             --              --         420,000       
Foreign currency translation adjustment             --              --             --        (115,804)       (115,804)      
Net loss for the period                             --              --     (7,090,192)             --      (7,090,192)      
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998         $         --    $ 33,975,268   $(28,566,346)   $    (83,067)   $  5,342,718       




   See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated
                           financial statements.

                                                                             F-6





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                       NINE MONTHS
                                                                          ENDED               YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                           1998                 1998                 1997
                                                                                                                
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                                      $ (7,090,192)       $(13,289,910)        $    773,952

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENTS                                   (115,804)            (49,106)                (939)
                                                                      ----------------------------------------------------

COMPREHENSIVE NET INCOME (LOSS)                                        $ (7,205,996)       $(13,339,016)        $    773,013
                                                                      ====================================================




   See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated
                              financial statements


                                                                             F-7





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                        NINE MONTHS ENDED               YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                        DECEMBER 31, 1998             1998                1997
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                       
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income (loss)                                                             $ (7,090,192)      $(13,289,910)      $    773,952
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash
        provided by (used in) operating activities:
        Depreciation and amortization                                               2,255,945          2,769,844          1,740,952
        Provision for bad debts                                                       789,187          1,433,939            404,410
        Settlement costs (Note 7)                                                     996,532                 --                 -- 
        Common stock issued in lieu of cash payments                                       --            144,268            146,249
        Issuance of options and warrants for services (Note 11)                       190,417            220,000                 -- 
        Compensation costs related to acquisition (Note 6)                            420,000                 --                 -- 
        Amortization of debt discount (Note 4)                                        254,678            478,580                 -- 
        Proxy related litigation expense  (Note 8)                                     81,628          3,500,000                 -- 
        Gain on sale of property and equipment                                        (57,002)                --                 -- 
        Impairment reserve for assets                                                      --            143,668                 -- 
        Other, net                                                                         --            137,548                 -- 
        Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
            Accounts receivable                                                       886,768           (915,661)        (2,359,402)
            Other current assets                                                      177,494             52,860           (318,437)
            Accounts payable                                                        3,248,364            444,673             37,174
            Accrued expenses                                                        1,033,420          2,414,406         (2,321,403)
            Other liabilities                                                         371,368            (39,008)          (114,914)
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                     3,558,607         (2,504,793)        (2,011,419)
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
     Acquisitions of property and equipment                                        (1,990,368)        (2,150,280)        (5,043,062)
     Proceeds from sale of property and equipment                                     126,638                 --                 -- 
     Advances to a potential joint venture (Note 17)                                 (970,750)                --                 -- 
     Purchase of companies, net of cash acquired (Note 6)                          (2,207,447)                --                 -- 
     Restricted cash                                                                 (100,438)                --                 -- 
     Other assets                                                                    (108,863)            26,693           (151,013)
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                                  (5,251,228)        (2,123,587)        (5,194,075)
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
     Proceeds from notes payable (Notes 3 and 4)                                    1,450,000          7,810,000         10,297,429
     Deferred financing and acquisition costs                                        (524,154)                --                 -- 
     Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                                --          7,482,500                 -- 
     Payments on capital leases                                                      (197,938)          (447,997)                -- 
     Payments on notes payable                                                        (19,362)        (9,997,397)        (1,869,938)
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                                 708,546          4,847,106          8,427,491


- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH                                                      (984,075)           218,726          1,221,997

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD                                      2,391,206          2,172,480            950,483
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD                                         $  1,407,131       $  2,391,206       $  2,172,480
===================================================================================================================================


   See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated
                             financial statements.


                                                                             F-8





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION



                                                     NINE MONTHS ENDED                   YEARS ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,                       MARCH 31,
                                                           1998                      1998             1997
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  
Cash paid during the period for:

Interest                                                $  176,095            $1,267,399            $  654,180

Income taxes                                            $   96,000            $  101,181            $   79,352


- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-cash investing and financing activities:

Equipment acquired
under capital lease
obligations                                             $  329,421            $  312,213            $  705,660

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common stock issued
for acquisition of
equipment                                               $       --            $  100,000            $       --

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unamortized debt
discount related to
warrants                                                $  321,094            $  437,608            $       --
==============================================================================================================













                                                                             F-9







                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION (CON'T)   

IDX ACQUISITION, NET OF CASH ACQUIRED (Note 6)



                                                                     NINE MONTH
                                                                    PERIOD ENDED                   YEARS ENDED
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,        MARCH 31,              MARCH 31,    
                                                                       1998               1998                   1997       
                                                                    --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                  
              Working capital deficit, other                                                                                   
                       than cash acquired                           $  (930,634)               $   -                 $    -   
              Property and equipment                                    975,009                    -                      -   
              Purchase price in excess of the                                                                                  
                       net assets acquired                           10,917,867                    -                      -   
              Other assets                                              163,229                    -                      -   
              Notes payable issued in                                                                                          
                       acquisition                                   (5,418,024)                   -                      -   
              Capital stock issued in                                                                                          
                       acquisition                                   (3,500,000)                   -                      -   
           --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Net cash used to acquire IDX                          $ 2,207,447                $   -                  $   -   
           --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



UCI ACQUISITION, NET OF CASH ACQUIRED (Note 6)

                                                                     NINE MONTH
                                                                    PERIOD ENDED                   YEARS ENDED
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,        MARCH 31,              MARCH 31,    
                                                                       1998               1998                   1997       
                                                                    ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                
              Purchase price in excess of the
                     net assets acquired                             $ 1,176,563          $            --         $       --
              Accrued cash payment due in 1999                           (75,000)                      --                 --
              Note payable issued in acquisition                      (1,000,000)                      --                 --
              Common stock issued for
                     Acquisition                                        (101,563)                      --                 --
           ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Net cash used to acquire UCI                           $        --          $            --         $       --
           ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated
                             financial statements.


                                                                            F-10






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                                  SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ORGANIZATION AND        Executive  TeleCard,   Ltd.  (d/b/a  eGlobe,  Inc.)  and
BUSINESS                subsidiaries,   (collectively,  the  "Company")  provide
                        services   to   large   telecommunications    companies,
                        primarily to telephone  companies  which are dominant in
                        their  national  markets  and to  specialized  telephone
                        companies and to Internet Service Providers as well. The
                        services of the Company  enable its customers to provide
                        global reach for  "enhanced" or "value  added"  services
                        that they are  supplying,  to their end user  customers.
                        Prior  to  1998,  the  entire  focus  was on  supporting
                        calling  card  services.  In 1998,  that focus  began to
                        change.

                        The key assets of the Company - its operating  platforms
                        in more than 40  countries,  its  ability  to  originate
                        telephone calls (and in many cases, provide data access)
                        in  more  than 90  countries  and  territories,  and its
                        customer and operating  arrangements around the world --
                        permit  extension of the  Company's  line of services at
                        incremental  cost.  In  1998,  the  Company  began  that
                        extension   of   services   through    acquisition   and
                        investment.

                        In   December   1998,    the   Company    acquired   IDX
                        International,  Inc.  ("IDX"),  a supplier  of  Internet
                        Protocol,  ("IP") transmission services,  principally to
                        telecommunications   carriers,  in  14  countries.  This
                        acquisition  allows the Company to offer two  additional
                        services,  IP voice and IP,  fax to its  customer  base.
                        Also,  in December  1998 the Company  acquired  UCI Tele
                        Network,  Ltd. ("UCI"), a development stage calling card
                        business with contracts to provide calling card services
                        in Cyprus and Greece (See Note 6).

                        During the nine months  ending  December 31,  1998,  the
                        Company  advanced   approximately   $1.0  million  to  a
                        software  based service  company in which the Company is
                        considering making a joint venture investment. For these
                        advances,  the Company received a technology license and
                        has  participated in the development and beta testing of
                        the core software.  This  investment  provides the basis
                        for a new set of IP and voice services which the Company
                        expects to launch in 1999. (See Note 17).

MANAGEMENT'S            As of December 31,  1998,  the Company had a net working
PLAN                    capital    deficiency   of   $21.0   million   resulting
                        principally from a net loss of $7.1 million for the nine
                        months ended December 31, 1998, reclassification of $8.5
                        million of debt due in August  1999 ($7.5  million)  and
                        December 1999 ($1.0  million) to a current  liability as
                        of December 31, 1998 and short-term indebtedness of $6.3
                        million  incurred during the fourth calendar  quarter of
                        1998 primarily  related to two acquisitions  (see Note 6
                        for further  discussion).  Of this latter amount,  up to
                        $5.4 million (plus accrued interest) may be paid, at the
                        Company's  sole  discretion,  by the  issuance of common
                        stock. The first $1.0 million was repaid by the issuance
                        of common stock in March 1999.



                                                                            F-11





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                                  SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MANAGEMENT'S            In January and February  1999,  the Company  raised $8.0
PLAN (CON'T)            million in cash  through  the  issuance  of  convertible
                        preferred  stock and warrants.  The Company will receive
                        an  additional  $2.0  million upon  registration  of the
                        common stock underlying the convertible preferred stock.
                        (See  Note  17  for  additional   information  on  these
                        issuances).  Substantially  all of the $8.0  million  of
                        proceeds was used in the first calendar  quarter of 1999
                        to support  current  operations and capital  expenditure
                        requirements  for  equipment  to  support  new  customer
                        contracts and to pay-down accounts payable,  principally
                        to  telecommunications  vendors and professional service
                        firms.  On April 9, 1999,  the  Company  entered  into a
                        financing  commitment  totaling  $20.0  million  with an
                        affiliate of the Company's  largest  stockholder  in the
                        form of long-term  debt.  This  commitment is subject to
                        approval  by the  Company's  stockholders  at its annual
                        meeting  scheduled  to  occur  in  the  second  calendar
                        quarter of 1999. The Company's  management believes that
                        there is a high probability  that  stockholder  approval
                        will be obtained (see Note 18 for additional information
                        on this financing).  However, if stockholder approval is
                        not  obtained,  the  Company  will be required to pursue
                        additional sources of capital, to repay the indebtedness
                        due in August 1999 of $8.5  million,  including  accrued
                        interest of approximately  $1.0 million,  and to support
                        the business plan of the Company.

                        Under the terms of this commitment,  the lender provided
                        the Company with a $7.0 million  unsecured loan which is
                        due on the  earlier of one year or approval of the $20.0
                        million facility by the stockholders.

                        The estimated  capital  requirements  for 1999 needed to
                        meet the  Company's  pre-existing  cash  obligations  of
                        approximately  $12.1  million  and to finance its growth
                        plan are approximately $50.0 million.  Through April 10,
                        1999, the Company  acquired new funding and  commitments
                        in excess of $32.0 million: $10 million from the sale of
                        convertible  stock (of which the $8.0  million  has been
                        received  and  $2.0   million  will  be  advanced   upon
                        registration  of the underlying  common  shares);  $20.0
                        million in committed  long-term debt which is subject to
                        stockholder  approval  (under the  commitment the lender
                        has  provided a bridge  loan of $7.0  million  which the
                        Company  has drawn  down);  and $2.0  million or more in
                        vendor  financing  for  network   equipment   purchases.
                        Assuming that  stockholder  approval is forthcoming  for
                        the  long-term  debt,  these  funds  should  permit  the
                        Company  to  meet a  modest  baseline  growth  plan.  To
                        achieve  the  growth,  both in the short and long  term,
                        that  the  business  plan  anticipates,   however,  will
                        require additional capital of $18.0 million. The Company
                        anticipates  that these cash needs in the latter part of
                        the year will come from (1) a capital  market  financing
                        of debt or equity in the  second  half of the year of up
                        to  $30.0   million  and  (2)  secured   equipment-based
                        financing of up to $10.0 million.  Should the Company be
                        unable to raise  additional  funds  from  these or other
                        sources,  then its plans will be sharply  curtailed  and
                        its business adversely affected.

                                                                            F-12





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                                  SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        Although  the   Company's   management   believes   that
                        stockholder  approval  for the  financing  by the lender
                        described  above is probable,  in the event  approval is
                        not obtained, there can be no assurance that the Company
                        will raise  additional  capital or  generate  funds from
                        operations   sufficient  to  meet  its  obligations  and
                        planned requirements.  The lack of sufficient funds from
                        these  sources  would force the Company to curtail  both
                        its existing and planned  levels of operations and would
                        therefore  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's
                        business.

CHANGE OF               Effective  with the period ended  December 31, 1998, the
FISCAL YEAR             stockholders  of the Company  approved the change of the
                        fiscal year to a December 31 fiscal year end. Therefore,
                        the  period  ended   December  31,  1998   represents  a
                        nine-month  period as compared to a twelve  month period
                        for fiscal years ended March 31, 1998 and 1997.

                        Information  for the comparable  nine month period ended
                        December 31, 1997 is summarized below (unaudited):

                        Revenue                                  $ 25,583,730 
                        Gross profit                             $ 10,905,014 
                        Taxes on income                          $    140,000 
                        Net loss                                 $ (5,335,692)
                        Net loss per common share:

                             Basic                               $      (0.31)
                             Diluted                             $      (0.31)

BASIS OF                The consolidated financial statements have been prepared
PRESENTATION            in  accordance   with  generally   accepted   accounting
AND                     principles  and include the  accounts of the Company and
CONSOLIDATION           its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany
                        transactions   and  balances  have  been  eliminated  in
                        consolidation.

FOREIGN                 For subsidiaries whose functional  currency is the local
CURRENCY                currency and which do not operate in highly inflationary
TRANSLATION             economies,  all net monetary and non-monetary assets and
                        liabilities are translated at current exchange rates and
                        translation  adjustments  are included in  stockholders'
                        equity.  Revenues  and expenses  are  translated  at the
                        weighted  average rate for the period.  Foreign currency
                        gains  and  losses   resulting  from   transactions  are
                        included in the results of  operations  in the period in
                        which the transactions occurred.


                                                                            F-13





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                                  SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

USE OF                  The  preparation  of financial  statements in conformity
ESTIMATES               with generally accepted  accounting  principles requires
                        management to make estimates and assumptions that affect
                        the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and
                        disclosure of contingent  assets and  liabilities at the
                        date of the  consolidated  financial  statements and the
                        reported  amounts of revenues  and  expenses  during the
                        reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
                        estimates.

FINANCIAL               Financial  instruments,  which  potentially  subject the
INSTRUMENTS             Company  to   concentrations   of  credit  risk  consist
AND                     principally  of cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  trade
CONCENTRATIONS          accounts receivable.
OF CREDIT RISK
                        The  Company   places  its  cash  and   temporary   cash
                        investments with quality financial institutions.

                        Concentrations  of  credit  risk with  respect  to trade
                        accounts  receivable  are  limited due to the variety of
                        customers  and  markets  which  comprise  the  Company's
                        customer base, as well as the geographic diversification
                        of the customer base. The Company routinely assesses the
                        financial   strength   of  its   customers   and,  as  a
                        consequence, believes that its trade accounts receivable
                        credit risk exposure is limited.  Generally, the Company
                        does not require collateral or other security to support
                        customer  receivables.  As of  December  31,  1998,  the
                        Company had  approximately 30% and 12% in trade accounts
                        receivable from two customers. In addition, a few of the
                        Company's  card  services  customers,  who accounted for
                        approximately  40% of  revenues  during the fiscal  year
                        ended March 31, 1998,  have during the nine month period
                        ended December 31, 1998 substantially  reduced their use
                        of the  Company's  services  and can be  expected to end
                        their  use of such  services  in the near  future.  As a
                        result,  the Company has  experienced  a decline in card
                        service  revenue.  At December 31,  1998,  there were no
                        other significant concentrations of credit risk.

                        Some of the Company's  customers are permitted to choose
                        the currency in which they pay for calling services from
                        among  several  different  currencies  determined by the
                        Company.  Thus, the Company's earnings may be materially
                        affected by movements  in the exchange  rate between the
                        U.S. dollar and such other currencies.  The Company does
                        not engage in the  practice  of  entering  into  foreign
                        currency  contracts  in order to hedge  the  effects  of
                        foreign currency fluctuations.

                        The carrying amounts of financial instruments, including
                        cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts
                        payable and  accrued  expenses  approximated  fair value
                        because of the immediate or short-term maturity of these
                        instruments.  The difference between the carrying amount
                        and  fair  value  of the  Company's  notes  payable  and
                        long-term debt is not significant.


                                                                            F-14




                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                                  SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RESTRICTED              Restricted cash consists of $0.1 million on deposit with
CASH                    a  financial  institution  to  secure a letter of credit
                        issued  to  a  transmission  vendor  related  to  a  new
                        agreement  whereby the Company will perform platform and
                        transmission services.

PROPERTY,               Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Additions,
EQUIPMENT,              installation  costs and major  improvements  of property
DEPRECIATION            and  equipment   are   capitalized.   Expenditures   for
AND                     maintenance  and repairs are expensed as  incurred.  The
AMORTIZATION            cost of property and equipment retired or sold, together
                        with   the   related    accumulated    depreciation   or
                        amortization,  are removed from the appropriate accounts
                        and  the  resulting  gain or  loss  is  included  in the
                        statement of operations.

                        Depreciation  and  amortization  is  computed  using the
                        straight-line  method over the estimated useful lives of
                        the related assets ranging from five to twenty years.

                        The Company  follows  the  provisions  of the  Financial
                        Accounting   Standards   Board  ("FASB")   Statement  of
                        Financial   Accounting   Standards   ("SFAS")   No.  121
                        "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-lived  Assets and
                        for  Long-lived  Assets to Be Disposed Of ".  Long-lived
                        assets and certain  identifiable  intangibles to be held
                        and used by the  Company  are  reviewed  for  impairment
                        whenever  events or  changes in  circumstances  indicate
                        that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be
                        recoverable.  The  Company  continuously  evaluates  the
                        recoverability   of  its  long-lived   assets  based  on
                        estimated  future  cash  flows  from  and the  estimated
                        liquidation  value  of  such  long-lived   assets,   and
                        provides for impairment if such  undiscounted cash flows
                        are  insufficient  to recover the carrying amount of the
                        long-lived asset.

SOFTWARE                SFAS No.  86,  "Accounting  for the  Costs  of  Computer
DEVELOPMENT             Software to be Sold,  Leased,  or  Otherwise  Marketed",
COSTS                   requires   the   capitalization   of  certain   software
                        development  costs incurred  subsequent to the date when
                        technological  feasibility is  established  and prior to
                        the date when the  product is  generally  available  for
                        licensing. The Company defines technological feasibility
                        as  being  attained  at the  time a  working  model of a
                        software  product  is  completed.  Capitalized  software
                        development   costs   will  be   amortized   using   the
                        straight-line method over the estimated economic life of
                        approximately three years.

RESEARCH AND            Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.
DEVELOPMENT

GOODWILL  AND           Intangible  assets consist primarily of goodwill arising
INTANGIBLE ASSETS       from  acquisitions and licenses and trademarks which are
                        recorded  at cost.  Goodwill  of $10.9  million and $1.1
                        million was recorded in connection  with the acquisition
                        of IDX and UCI on  December  2,  1998 and  December  31,
                        1998,  respectively.   See  Note  6  for  discussion  of
                        acquisitions.

                                                                            F-15




                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                                  SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        Amortization of goodwill is provided over seven years on
                        a straight-line  basis.  Amortization is provided on the
                        straight-line  method  over ten years for  licenses  and
                        trademarks.  Amortization  expense  for the nine  months
                        ended December 31, 1998 and the fiscal years ended March
                        31, 1998 and 1997 was $0.2  million,  $0.05  million and
                        $0.19  million,  respectively.  At December 31, 1998 and
                        March 31, 1998, accumulated amortization of goodwill and
                        other  intangible  assets  was $0.93  million  and $0.73
                        million,  respectively. The carrying value of intangible
                        assets is periodically reviewed and impairments, if any,
                        are  recognized  when the expected  future benefit to be
                        derived from individual  intangible  assets is less than
                        its carrying value.  The carrying value of goodwill will
                        be periodically  reviewed based on the future  estimated
                        undiscounted  cash flows to determine if any  impairment
                        should be recognized.

DEFERRED                Deferred financing and acquisition costs represent third
FINANCING AND           party costs and  expenses  incurred  which are  directly
ACQUISITION             traceable to pending acquisitions and financing efforts.
COSTS                   The costs and expenses  will be matched  with  completed
                        financings and  acquisitions and accounted for according
                        to the  underlying  transaction.  The costs and expenses
                        associated with unsuccessful efforts will be expensed in
                        the period in which the  acquisition  or  financing  has
                        been deemed to be  unsuccessful.  The Company  evaluates
                        all pending acquisition and financing costs quarterly to
                        determine  if any  deferred  costs should be expensed in
                        the period.

REVENUE                 Revenue  from  the  provision  of  calling  card  and IP
RECOGNITION             transmission  services  is  recognized  as  utilized  by
                        customers.   Billings  to   customers   are  based  upon
                        established tariffs filed with the United States Federal
                        Communications  Commission,  or for usage outside of the
                        tariff   requirements,   at  rates  established  by  the
                        Company.

TAXES ON INCOME         The  Company  accounts  for income  taxes under SFAS No.
                        109,  "Accounting for Income Taxes". Under SFAS No. 109,
                        deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based
                        on the  temporary  differences  between the tax basis of
                        assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the
                        financial  statements  using enacted tax rates in effect
                        for the year in which the  differences  are  expected to
                        reverse.

NET EARNINGS            The Company  applies SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings Per Share"
(LOSS) PER SHARE        for the  calculation  of "Basic" and "Diluted"  earnings
                        (loss)  per  share.  Basic  earnings  (loss)  per  share
                        includes no dilution and is computed by dividing  income
                        (loss) available to common  stockholders by the weighted
                        average  number of  common  shares  outstanding  for the
                        period.  Diluted  earnings (loss) per share reflects the
                        potential dilution of securities that could share in the
                        earnings (loss) of an entity.


                                                                            F-16





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                                  SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STOCK OPTIONS           The Company applies Accounting  Principles Board ("APB")
                        Opinion 25,  "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,"
                        and related  Interpretations in accounting for all stock
                        option plans. Under APB Opinion 25, no compensation cost
                        has  been   recognized  for  stock  options  granted  to
                        employees  as the option  price  equals or  exceeds  the
                        market price of the underlying  common stock on the date
                        of grant.

                        SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,"
                        requires  the Company to provide  pro forma  information
                        regarding net income (loss) as if compensation  cost for
                        the Company's  stock option plans had been determined in
                        accordance  with the fair value based method  prescribed
                        in SFAS No.  123.  To  provide  the  required  pro forma
                        information,  the  Company  estimates  the fair value of
                        each  stock  option  at the  grant  date  by  using  the
                        Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model.  See  Note  11 for
                        required disclosures.

                        Under SFAS No. 123,  compensation cost is recognized for
                        stock options granted to non-employees at the grant date
                        by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

CASH                    The  Company   considers  cash  and  all  highly  liquid
EQUIVALENTS             investments purchased with an original maturity of three
                        months or less to be cash equivalents.

COMPREHENSIVE           During the period ended  December 31, 1998,  the Company
INCOME (LOSS)           adopted SFAS No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive Income".
                        The implementation of SFAS No. 130 required  comparative
                        information   for   earlier   years   to  be   restated.
                        Comprehensive  income  (loss) is comprised of net income
                        (loss) and all changes to stockholders'  equity,  except
                        those due to  investments  by  stockholders,  changes in
                        paid-in capital and  distributions to stockholders.  The
                        Company  has  elected  to  report  comprehensive  income
                        (loss)  in a  consolidated  statement  of  comprehensive
                        income (loss).

RECENT                  The FASB has recently  issued SFAS No. 133,  "Accounting
ACCOUNTING              for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities". SFAS
PRONOUNCEMENTS          No. 133 requires  companies to record derivatives on the
                        balance sheet as assets or liabilities, measured at fair
                        market value.  Gains or losses resulting from changes in
                        the  values  of  those  derivatives  are  accounted  for
                        depending  on the use of the  derivative  and whether it
                        qualifies  for hedge  accounting.  The key criterion for
                        hedge accounting is that the hedging  relationship  must
                        be highly effective in achieving  offsetting  changes in
                        fair value or cash flows.  SFAS No. 133 is effective for
                        fiscal  years  beginning  after  June  15,  1999  and is
                        currently not applicable to the Company.

RECLASSIFICATIONS       Certain   consolidated   financial   amounts  have  been
                        reclassified for consistent presentation.

                                                                            F-17






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.   PROPERTY AND       Property  and  equipment  at December  31, and March 31,
     EQUIPMENT          1998 consisted of the following:




                                                                                  DECEMBER 31, 1998          MARCH 31, 1998
                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                
                          Land                                                        $  122,300               $  192,300
                          Buildings and improvements                                     983,053                  941,458
                          Calling card platform equipment                             13,480,369               12,424,718
                          IP transmission equipment                                      887,540                        -
                          Operations center equipment and furniture                    8,085,517                7,142,360
                          Call diverters                                               1,400,855                1,400,855
                          Equipment under capital leases (Note 4)                      1,278,743                  949,322
                          Internet communications equipment                              562,700                  563,175
                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                      26,801,077               23,614,188

                          Less accumulated depreciation and amortization              13,648,667               11,702,878
                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     $13,152,410              $11,911,310
                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                        Property  and  equipment  at December 31, 1998 and March
                        31, 1998,  includes certain  telephone,  IP transmission
                        equipment  and  office  equipment  under  capital  lease
                        agreements with an original cost of  approximately  $1.3
                        million and $1.0 million,  respectively  and accumulated
                        depreciation   of  $0.4   million   and  $0.3   million,
                        respectively.  Depreciation  expense  for the nine month
                        period ended December 31, 1998 and the years ended March
                        31,  1998 and 1997 was $2.1  million,  $2.7  million and
                        $1.6 million, respectively.

2.   ACCRUED            Accrued expenses at December 31, 1998 and March 31, 1998
     EXPENSES           consisted of the following:



                                                                                   DECEMBER 31, 1998          MARCH 31, 1998
                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                
                        Telephone carriers                                            $3,091,457               $2,591,511
                        Corporate realignment expenses                                   350,830                  754,849
                        Legal and professional fees                                      387,130                  320,341
                        Salaries and benefits                                            513,230                  267,681
                        Interest expense                                                 646,360                   64,714
                        Costs associated with acquisitions                               696,955                        -
                        Other                                                            517,215                  223,710
                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      $6,203,177               $4,222,806
                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                        The Company incurred various realignment expenses during
                        the year ended March 31, 1998  resulting from the review
                        of operations and activities undertaken by new corporate
                        management.  These costs,  which  totaled $3.1  million,
                        included   primarily  employee   severance,   legal  and
                        consulting   fees  and  the   write   down  of   certain
                        investments  made  in  the  Company's  Internet  service
                        development  program.  The Company  does not  anticipate
                        further  realignment   expenses  in  the  future.  Costs
                        associated with acquisitions  primarily consists of $0.4
                        million  for  billing  system  development  costs  for a
                        pending  acquisition  and $0.2  million  for legal  fees
                        related  to the  issuance  of  certain  preferred  stock
                        subsequent to December 31, 1998.

                                                                            F-18




                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3.   NOTES              At December 31 and March 31, 1998, current notes payable
     PAYABLE,           consisted of the following:
     PRINCIPALLY                                   
     RELATED TO                                    
     ACQUISITIONS


                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,       MARCH 31,
                                                                                                      1998             1998     
                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                  
                          12 %  unsecured  term note  payable to an  investor,  net of                                      
                          unamortized  discount of  $26,351,  interest  and  principal                                      
                          repaid in March 1999 (1)                                                  $ 223,649         $   -

                          Convertible  subordinated promissory note for acquisition of                                      
                          IDX,  interest  and  principal  repaid in March 1999 through                                      
                          issuance of common stock. (2) (See Note 6)                                1,000,000             -

                          Convertible  subordinated promissory note for acquisition of                                      
                          IDX,  interest and principal payable May 1999. (2) (See Note                                      
                          6)                                                                          418,024             -

                          Convertible  subordinated promissory note for acquisition of                                      
                          IDX,  interest and  principal  payable  June 1999.  (2) (See                                      
                          Note 6)                                                                   1,500,000             -

                          Convertible  subordinated promissory note for acquisition of                                      
                          IDX,  interest and principal  payable October 1999. (2) (See                                      
                          Note 6)                                                                   2,500,000             -

                          8%  promissory  note for  acquisition  of UCI,  interest and                                      
                          principal payable June 1999, net of unamortized  discount of                                      
                          $42,967 (3) (See Note 6)                                                    457,033             -

                          Short-term loan from two officers (See Note 10)                             100,000             -

                          Short-term note payable to an investor in April 1999.                       100,000             -

                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Total notes payable                                                      $6,298,706         $   -
                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                                                                            F-19





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3.   NOTES              (1)  In  September  1998,  a  subsidiary  of the Company
     PAYABLE,                entered  into  a  bridge  loan  agreement  with  an
     PRINCIPALLY             investor for  $250,000.  The proceeds were advanced
     RELATED TO              to  a   company   that  is   developing   messaging
     ACQUISITIONS            technology.  The  Company  is  in  the  process  of
     (CON'T)                 negotiating a joint venture  arrangement whereby it
                             would  own 50% of this  software  technology.  (See
                             Note 17). In connection with this transaction,  the
                             lender was  granted  warrants  to  purchase  25,000
                             shares of the Company's  common stock at a price of
                             $2.00 per share. The value assigned to the warrants
                             of $26,351  was  recorded as a discount to the note
                             and  will  be  amortized   through  March  1999  as
                             additional interest expense. The warrants expire on
                             September  1,  2003 and as of  December  31,  1998,
                             these warrants have not been exercised. The Company
                             is currently  negotiating with the lender to extend
                             this loan. However,  there can be no assurance that
                             such extension will be received.

                        (2)  In  December  1998,  the Company  acquired  IDX. In
                             connection  with  this   transaction,   convertible
                             subordinated  promissory  notes were  issued in the
                             amount of $5.0 million.  An additional note of $0.4
                             million for accrued  but unpaid  dividends  owed by
                             IDX was also  issued by the  Company and is due May
                             31,  1999.  The notes bear  interest  at LIBOR plus
                             2.5%  (7.75% at  December  31,  1998).  Each of the
                             notes, plus accrued  interest,  may be paid in cash
                             or shares of the  Company's  common  stock,  at the
                             sole  discretion  of the  Company.  If the  Company
                             elects  to pay the notes  with  common  stock,  the
                             price  of the  common  stock on the due date of the
                             notes determines the number of shares to be issued.
                             In March 1999, the Company elected to pay the first
                             note (including interest) in shares of common stock
                             and issued  approximately  474,000 shares of common
                             stock to discharge this  indebtedness.  (See Note 6
                             for a  description  of a possible  reduction in the
                             principal  amount of the  convertible  subordinated
                             promissory notes payable).

                        (3)  On December 31, 1998, the Company  acquired UCI. In
                             connection  with  this  transaction,   the  Company
                             issued a promissory  note for $0.5 million  bearing
                             interest  at 8% due June 27,  1999.  In  connection
                             with the note, UCI was granted warrants to purchase
                             50,000  shares of the  Company's  common stock at a
                             price of $1.63 per share.  The  warrants  expire on
                             December  31,  2003.  The  value  assigned  to  the
                             warrants of $42,967  was  recorded as a discount to
                             the note and will be amortized through June 1999 as
                             additional  interest expense. At December 31, 1998,
                             these warrants have not been exercised. (See Note 6
                             for further discussion).


                                                                            F-20





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.   LONG-TERM          At  December  31  and  March  31,  1998  long-term  debt
     DEBT               consisted of the following:



                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,         MARCH 31,
                                                                                                     1998                1998
                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                       
                        8.875%  unsecured  term note payable to a  telecommunications                                            
                        company,  interest and principal  payable August 1999, net of                                            
                        unamortized discount of $205,932 and $437,608 (1)                        $7,294,068          $7,062,392 

                        8.87% unsecured term note payable to a stockholder,  interest                                            
                        and  principal  payable  December  1999,  net of  unamortized                                            
                        discount of $45,844 (2)                                                     954,156                  -  

                        8%  promissory  note for  acquisition  of UCI,  interest  and                                            
                        principal payable June 2000  (See Note 6)                                   500,000                  -  

                        8%  mortgage  note,   payable  monthly,   including  interest                                            
                        through  March  2010,  with an April  2010  balloon  payment;                                            
                        secured by deed of trust on the related land and building                   305,135             310,000 

                        Capitalized lease obligations                                               724,199             607,209 

                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Total                                                                     9,777,558           7,979,601 

                        Less current maturities, net of unamortized discount of                                                  
                        $251,776 and $437,608                                                     8,540,214             244,020 
                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        Total long-term debt                                                     $1,237,344         $ 7,735,581 
                       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------










                                                                            F-21





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.   LONG-TERM          (1)  In February 1998, the Company borrowed $7.5 million
     DEBT                    from a  telecommunications  company.  In connection
     (CON'T)                 with  this  transaction,  the  lender  was  granted
                             warrants   to  purchase   500,000   shares  of  the
                             Company's  common  stock at a price  of  $3.03  per
                             share.  The  warrants  expire on February 23, 2001.
                             The value assigned to such warrants when granted in
                             connection   with  the  above  note  agreement  was
                             approximately  $0.5  million and was  recorded as a
                             discount to long-term  debt.  The discount is being
                             amortized  over the  term of the  note as  interest
                             expense.  At December 31, 1998, these warrants have
                             not been exercised.                                

                        (2)  In June 1998,  the Company  borrowed  $1.0  million
                             from an existing  stockholder.  In connection  with
                             this  transaction,  the lender was granted warrants
                             to purchase  67,000 shares of the Company's  common
                             stock at a price of $3.03 per share.  The  warrants
                             expire in June 2001. The stockholder  also received
                             as  consideration  for the loan the  repricing  and
                             extension  of a warrant for 55,000  shares which is
                             now  exercisable  on or before  February  2001 at a
                             price of $3.75 per  share.  The value  assigned  to
                             such warrants, including the revision of terms, was
                             approximately   $68,846  and  was   recorded  as  a
                             discount to the note payable. The discount is being
                             amortized  over the  term of the  note as  interest
                             expense.  At December 31, 1998, these warrants have
                             not been  exercised.  Subsequent  to year end,  the
                             exercise  price of 122,000  warrants was lowered to
                             $1.5125  per share and the  expiration  dates  were
                             extended   through  January  31,  2002.  The  value
                             assigned to the  revision in terms will be recorded
                             as additional interest expense in 1999.


                                                                            F-22





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4.   LONG-TERM          Future  maturities of long-term  debt and future minimum
     DEBT (CON'T)       lease  payments  under  capital  lease   obligations  at
                        December 31, 1998 are as follows:



                                                                             LONG-TERM          CAPITAL
                     YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,                                 DEBT              LEASES             TOTAL
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                               
                     1999                                                   $8,506,956         $ 362,545        $ 8,869,501
                     2000                                                      507,534           321,115            828,649
                     2001                                                        8,159           189,939            198,098
                     2002                                                        8,836                 -              8,836
                     2003                                                        9,569                 -              9,569
                     Thereafter                                                264,081                 -            264,081
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     Total payments                                          9,305,135           873,599         10,178,734
                     Less amounts                                                                                           
                        representing interest                                        -           149,400            149,400
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     Principal payments                                      9,305,135           724,199         10,029,334
                     Less current maturities                                 8,506,956           285,034          8,791,990
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     Total Long-Term Debt                                    $ 798,179         $ 439,165        $ 1,237,344
                    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                        Subsequent  to December  31, 1998,  the Company  entered
                        into  additional  capital  lease  obligations  requiring
                        future  minimum  lease  payments of  approximately  $0.6
                        million through 2001.


                                                                            F-23





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5.   EARNINGS (LOSS)    Earnings per share are  calculated  in  accordance  with
     PER SHARE          SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share".  Under SFAS No. 128,
                        basic earnings  (loss) per share is calculated as income
                        (loss) available to common  stockholders  divided by the
                        weighted  average  number of common shares  outstanding.
                        Diluted  earnings per share is  calculated as net income
                        (loss) divided by the diluted weighted average number of
                        common shares.  The diluted  weighted  average number of
                        common  shares is  calculated  using the treasury  stock
                        method for common stock issuable pursuant to outstanding
                        stock  options and common stock  warrants.  Common stock
                        options  and  warrants  of 44,234 and  203,782  were not
                        included  in  diluted  earning  (loss) per share for the
                        nine months ended  December 31, 1998 and the fiscal year
                        ended March 31,  1998,  respectively,  as the effect was
                        antidilutive  due to the  Company  recording  a loss for
                        these periods. In addition,  convertible preferred stock
                        and   convertible    subordinated    promissory    notes
                        convertible  into 5,323,926  shares of common stock were
                        not  included in diluted  earnings  (loss) per share for
                        the nine month period ended December 31, 1998 due to the
                        loss for the period.

                        Options and  warrants to  purchase  2,017,317  shares of
                        common  stock at exercise  prices  ranging from $2.56 to
                        $6.61  per  share  and   convertible   preferred   stock
                        convertible  into 1,875,000  shares of common stock were
                        outstanding  at December  31, 1998 but were not included
                        in the computation of diluted  earnings (loss) per share
                        because the  exercise  prices or  conversion  price were
                        greater  than the  average  market  price of the  common
                        stock. Options and warrants to purchase 2,049,315 shares
                        of common  stock at exercise  prices from $3.00 to $6.94
                        per share were  outstanding  at March 31,  1998 but were
                        not  included  in the  computation  of diluted  earnings
                        (loss)  per  share  because  the  exercise  prices  were
                        greater  than the  average  market  price of the  common
                        shares.  Options and warrants to purchase 821,087 shares
                        of common stock at exercise  prices from $5.75 to $14.88
                        per share were  outstanding  at March 31,  1997 but were
                        not  included  in the  computation  of diluted  earnings
                        (loss)  per  share  because  the  exercise  prices  were
                        greater  than the  average  market  price of the  common
                        shares.

                        Contingently   issuable   warrants  to  purchase  up  to
                        2,500,000 shares of common stock (subject to stockholder
                        approval) related to a recent  acquisition have not been
                        included in the  computation of diluted  earnings (loss)
                        per  share  as the  contingency  had not  been met as of
                        December 31, 1998. See Note 6.

                        Various   issuances  of  convertible   preferred  stock,
                        relating  to  financings  and  acquisitions,  have  been
                        completed  both prior to and  subsequent to December 31,
                        1998  that  could  have  a  significant  effect  on  the
                        weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  in future
                        periods. See Notes 11 and 17 for further disclosure.


                                                                            F-24





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



5.  EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE (CON'T)                                 NINE
                                                                  MONTHS ENDED                          YEARS ENDED
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,              MARCH 31,             MARCH 31,
                                                                      1998                    1998                  1997
                                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                             
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:

      NUMERATOR
         Net earnings (loss)                                    $ (7,090,192)         $ (13,289,910)          $  773,952 

      DENOMINATOR
         Weighted average shares outstanding                       17,736,654            17,082,495           15,861,240 
                                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

      PER SHARE AMOUNTS
         Basic earnings (loss)                                    $    (0.40)            $    (0.78)           $    0.05 
                                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:

      NUMERATOR
         Net earnings (loss)                                    $ (7,090,192)         $ (13,289,910)          $  773,952 

      DENOMINATOR
         Weighted average shares outstanding                       17,736,654            17,082,495           15,861,240 
         Effect of dilutive securities
                Options and warrants                                 -                      -                    297,390 
                                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

         Weighted average common shares and                                                                               
                assumed conversions outstanding                    17,736,654            17,082,495           16,158,630 
                                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

      PER SHARE AMOUNTS
         Diluted earnings (loss)                                   $   (0.40)            $    (0.78)           $    0.05 
                                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------









                                                                            F-25






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6.   BUSINESS           All  acquisitions,  have  been  accounted  for under the
     ACQUISITIONS       purchase method of accounting. The results of operations
                        of  the   acquired   businesses   are  included  in  the
                        consolidated  financial  statements  from  the  date  of
                        acquisition.

                        IDX - On December 2, 1998,  the Company  acquired all of
                        the common and preferred stock of IDX, a  privately-held
                        IP based  fax and  telephony  company,  for (a)  500,000
                        shares of the Company's  Series B Convertible  Preferred
                        Stock  ("Series  B  Preferred")  valued at $3.5  million
                        which are convertible into 2,500,000  shares  (2,000,000
                        shares  until  stockholder   approval  is  obtained  and
                        subject  to  adjustment  as  described  below) of common
                        stock;  (b) warrants ("IDX  Warrants") to purchase up to
                        an additional  2,500,000 shares of common stock (subject
                        to  stockholder   approval  as  well  as  adjustment  as
                        described below);  (c) $5.0 million in 7.75% convertible
                        subordinated  promissory notes ("IDX Notes") (subject to
                        adjustment  as  described  below);  (d) $1.5  million in
                        bridge loan advances to IDX made by the Company prior to
                        the  acquisition  which were  converted into part of the
                        purchase price plus associated accrued interest of $0.04
                        million;  (e) $0.4 million for IDX dividends accrued and
                        unpaid  on IDX's  Preferred  Stock  under a  convertible
                        subordinated   promissory  note  and  (f)  direct  costs
                        associated  with the  acquisition  of $0.4 million.  The
                        Company also advanced  approximately $0.4 million to IDX
                        prior to  acquisition  under an agreement to provide IDX
                        up to $2.3 million for working capital purposes over the
                        next twelve months. These pre-acquisition  advances were
                        not considered part of the purchase price.

                        The  Company  plans to include  these  requests  for the
                        approval of the warrants and additional stock as matters
                        to be voted upon by the  stockholders at the next annual
                        meeting.  This  acquisition has been accounted for under
                        the  purchase   method  of  accounting.   The  financial
                        statements  of  the  Company   reflect  the  preliminary
                        allocation  of  the  purchase  price.   The  preliminary
                        allocation  has  resulted in acquired  goodwill of $10.9
                        million that is being amortized on a straight-line basis
                        over seven years.  The purchase price allocation has not
                        been finalized  pending  resolution of several  purchase
                        price elements, which are contingent upon the following:

                             (a)  The  amounts of Series B  Preferred  Stock and
                                  IDX  Warrants  to be  issued  are  subject  to
                                  stockholder approval subsequent to the date of
                                  acquisition.


                                                                            F-26





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6.   BUSINESS           (b)  IDX's ability to achieve certain revenue and EBITDA
     ACQUISITIONS            (EBITDA represents operating income before interest
     (CON'T)                 expense,    income    taxes,    depreciation    and
                             amortization)  objectives  twelve  months after the
                             acquisition  date may limit the amount of  warrants
                             to be granted as well as  eliminate  the  Company's
                             price guarantee as discussed in (d) below.

                        (c)  The  shares  of  Series  B   Preferred   stock  are
                             convertible  at the holders'  option at any time at
                             the then  current  conversion  rate.  The shares of
                             Series B Preferred stock will automatically convert
                             into shares of common stock on the earlier to occur
                             of (a)  the  first  date  that  the 15 day  average
                             closing  sales price of common stock is equal to or
                             greater  than  $8.00 or (b) 30 days after the later
                             to  occur  of (i)  December  2,  1999 or  (ii)  the
                             receipt  of  any  necessary   stockholder  approval
                             relating to the  issuance of the common  stock upon
                             such conversion. The Company has guaranteed a price
                             of $8.00 per share on December 2, 1999,  subject to
                             IDX's  achievement  of certain  revenue  and EBITDA
                             objectives. If the market price of the common stock
                             is less than $8.00 on December 2, 1999, and IDX has
                             met its  performance  objectives,  the Company will
                             issue  additional   shares  of  common  stock  upon
                             conversion of the Series B Preferred stock (subject
                             to  the  receipt  of  any   necessary   stockholder
                             approval) based on the ratio of $8.00 to the market
                             price (as  defined,  but not less than  $3.3333 per
                             share),  but not more than 3.5  million  additional
                             shares of common stock will be issued.

                        (d)  The  Company  has  guaranteed  a price of $8.00 per
                             common   stock  share   relative  to  the  warrants
                             issuable as of  December 2, 1999,  subject to IDX's
                             achievement   of   certain   revenue   and   EBITDA
                             objectives.  If these  objectives  are achieved and
                             the market  price of the common  stock is less than
                             $8.00 on December 2, 1999,  the Company  will issue
                             additional  shares of common stock upon exercise of
                             the IDX Warrants based on the ratio of $8.00 to the
                             market price (as defined, but not less than $3.3333
                             per  share),   up  to  a  maximum  of  3.5  million
                             additional shares of common stock.  However, if the
                             average closing sales price of the common stock for
                             any 15  consecutive  days equals or is greater than
                             $8.00 per share  prior to December 2, 1999 there is
                             no price  guarantee  upon exercise of the warrants.
                             The IDX warrants cannot be issued until stockholder
                             approval is obtained.


                                                                            F-27





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6.   BUSINESS           (e)  IDX must meet certain working capital levels at the
     ACQUISITIONS            date of  acquisition.  To the extent that IDX has a
     (CON'T)                 working capital  deficiency,  as defined, as of the
                             date of  acquisition,  the  Company  may reduce the
                             number of shares of the  Series B  Preferred  Stock
                             currently held by the  stockholders and may in some
                             circumstances  reduce the amount outstanding on the
                             principal balance of the third IDX note referred to
                             below.

                        (f)  The Company is  obligated to pay accrued but unpaid
                             dividends ("Accrued Dividends") on IDX's previously
                             outstanding   preferred  stock  under  an  interest
                             bearing convertible subordinated promissory note in
                             the principal amount of approximately  $0.4 million
                             due May 31, 1999. The Company, however, is entitled
                             to reduce the $2.5 million principal balance of the
                             third IDX Note as discussed  below and in Note 3 by
                             the amount of the  Accrued  Dividends  and  certain
                             defined  amounts unless offset by proceeds from the
                             sale of an IDX  subsidiary and a note issued to IDX
                             by an option holder.  The Company may also elect to
                             pay this  obligation in cash or in shares of common
                             stock.

                        (g)  The IDX Notes  consist of four  separate  notes and
                             are  payable  in  cash  or  common   stock  at  the
                             Company's sole  discretion.  The notes have varying
                             maturity dates through October 31, 1999. See Note 3
                             for the  terms  and  conditions  of the IDX  Notes.
                             Payment of the IDX Notes is  subject to  adjustment
                             upon the  resolution  of certain  contingencies  as
                             discussed above.

                        Based  on the  contingent  purchase  price  elements  as
                        listed above,  goodwill  associated with the acquisition
                        may  materially  increase when these  contingencies  are
                        resolved.

                        The  holders  of the  Series B  Preferred  Stock are not
                        entitled to  dividends  unless  declared by the Board of
                        Directors.  The shares of Series B  Preferred  Stock are
                        not  redeemable.  Further,  the  Company  has  agreed to
                        register   for  resale   the  shares  of  common   stock
                        underlying the  conversion  rights of the holders of the
                        Series B Preferred  Stock,  the IDX warrants and the IDX
                        Notes.


                                                                            F-28





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6.   BUSINESS           At  the  acquisition   date,  the  stockholders  of  IDX
     ACQUISITIONS       received  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  and  warrants  as
     (CON'T)            discussed above,  which are ultimately  convertible into
                        common  stock  subject to IDX  meeting  its  performance
                        objectives. These stockholders in turn granted preferred
                        stock and warrants,  each of which is convertible into a
                        maximum of 240,000 shares of the Company's common stock,
                        to IDX employees. The underlying common stock granted by
                        the IDX  stockholders  to  certain  employees  has  been
                        initially  valued  as  $420,000  of  compensation  . The
                        actual number of common shares issued upon conversion of
                        the  preferred  stock and warrants  will  ultimately  be
                        determined by stockholder approval, the achievement,  by
                        IDX, of certain  performance  goals and the market price
                        of the Company's stock over the contingency period of up
                        to twelve months from the date of acquisition. The stock
                        grants are  performance  based and will be adjusted each
                        reporting period (but not below zero) for the changes in
                        stock price  until the shares  and/or  warrants  (if and
                        when) issued are converted to common stock.

                        The following  unaudited pro forma consolidated  results
                        of operations  are  presented as if the IDX  acquisition
                        had been made at the beginning of the periods presented.
                        For  March  31,  1998 pro  forma  results,  IDX  amounts
                        include  its  December  31, 1997 year end as compared to
                        the  Company's  March 31,  1998 year end.  The one month
                        period of IDX for  December  1998,  is  included  in the
                        Company's  results  of  operations  for the nine  months
                        ended  December 31, 1998. As a result,  for  comparative
                        purposes, the Company has included an eight month period
                        of IDX from April 1, 1998  through  November 30, 1998 in
                        its nine  months  ended  December  31,  1998  pro  forma
                        results below.



                                                                                                    PERIODS ENDED
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31, 1998            MARCH 31, 1998
                                                                                    -------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                     
                          NET REVENUES                                              $ 24,251,500                  $ 33,690,777
                          
                          NET LOSS                                                  $(10,053,116)                 $(16,548,510)
                          
                          BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER SHARE                          $      (0.47)                 $      (0.85)





                                                                            F-29






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6.   BUSINESS           UCI - On December 31, 1998, the Company  acquired all of
     ACQUISITIONS       the  common  stock  issued  and  outstanding  of UCI,  a
     (CON'T)            privately-held corporation established under the laws of
                        the  Republic of Cyprus,  for  125,000  shares of common
                        stock (50% delivered at the acquisition  date and 50% to
                        be delivered  February 1, 2000,  subject to adjustment),
                        and $2.1 million payable as follows: (a) $75,000 payable
                        in cash in January 1999; (b) $0.5 million in the form of
                        a note,  with 8% interest  payable  monthly due June 30,
                        1999;  (c) $0.5  million in the form of a note,  with 8%
                        interest  payable  monthly  due no later  than  June 30,
                        2000;  (d) $1.0  million  in the form of a  non-interest
                        bearing  note  ("Anniversary  Payment")  to be  paid  on
                        February 1, 2000 or December 31, 2000,  depending on the
                        percentage  of projected  revenue  achieved,  subject to
                        adjustment;  and (e) warrants to purchase  50,000 shares
                        of  common  stock  with an  exercise  price of $1.63 per
                        share.  See Note 3 for the terms and  conditions  of the
                        two $0.5 million UCI Notes.  The 62,500 shares of common
                        stock  issued at the  acquisition  date  were  valued at
                        $101,563.  The Company has agreed to register for resale
                        the shares of common stock and UCI warrants.

                        This  acquisition  has  been  accounted  for  under  the
                        purchase method of accounting.  The financial statements
                        of the Company  reflect the  preliminary  purchase price
                        allocation.  The purchase price  allocation has not been
                        finalized  pending  resolution of several purchase price
                        elements, which are contingent upon the following:

                             (a)  If the  closing  sales  price on NASDAQ of the
                                  Company's  common stock on February 1, 2000 is
                                  less than  $8.00,  additional  shares  will be
                                  issued  determined  by  subtracting  (i)  $1.0
                                  million  divided by the closing sales price on
                                  February  1,  2000 from  (ii)  125,000.  These
                                  shares  as well  as the  62,500  shares  to be
                                  delivered   are  subject  to   adjustment   as
                                  discussed below.

                             (b)  If UCI  does  not  achieve  100%  of its  $3.0
                                  million   projected   revenue   target  as  of
                                  February  1,  2000,  for each 10% by which the
                                  projected  revenue  is less  than  100% of the
                                  projected revenue target,  there will be a 10%
                                  reduction in the  Anniversary  Payment and the
                                  number of shares issuable pursuant to (a).

                             (c)  If UCI  achieves  more  than  100% of its $3.0
                                  million   projected   revenue   target  as  of
                                  December  31,  1999,   there  will  be  a  10%
                                  increase in the  Anniversary  Payment,  not to
                                  exceed  $0.3  million  due and  payable  as of
                                  December 31, 2000.

                             (d)  If the Company  completes a private  financing
                                  and  receives  between  $10  million  to $19.9
                                  million or $20 million, it will be required to
                                  repay  50%  or  100%,  respectively,   of  the
                                  outstanding  principal  and  interest  of  the
                                  first note as discussed above.

                                                       
                                                                            F-30


                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6.   BUSINESS                (e)  If after the date of  acquisition,  a contract
     ACQUISITIONS                 with a major  customer of UCI is cancelled and
     (CON'T)                      it is not  reinstated  or replaced by June 30,
                                  1999,  the  principal  amount of the first and
                                  second  note  as   discussed   above  will  be
                                  adjusted. F-30                                
                            
                        Based  on the  contingent  purchase  price  elements  as
                        listed above,  goodwill  associated with the acquisition
                        may increase when these contingencies are resolved.  UCI
                        had minimal  operations prior to the acquisition and the
                        aggregate value of the  non-contingent  consideration of
                        $1.2  million has been  recorded as goodwill and will be
                        amortized,  on a straight-line  basis, over seven years.
                        The effects of the  acquisition  of UCI are not material
                        to net revenues,  net earnings or earnings per share for
                        pro forma information purposes and, accordingly, has not
                        been  included in the pro forma  presentation  presented
                        for IDX above.

 7.  SETTLEMENT         In November 1998, the Company  reached an agreement with
     WITH PRINCIPAL     its former chairman,  Mr. Ronald Jensen, who is also the
     STOCKHOLDER        Company's largest  stockholder.  The agreement concerned
                        settlement of his unreimbursed costs and other potential
                        claims.                                                 
                        
                        Mr. Jensen had purchased $7.5 million of eGlobe's common
                        stock in a private  placement in June 1997 and later was
                        elected  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors.  After
                        approximately  three  months,  Mr.  Jensen  resigned his
                        position  citing  both other  business  demands  and the
                        demands  presented  by the  challenges  of the  Company.
                        During his tenure as Chairman, Mr. Jensen incurred staff
                        and other  costs  which were not billed to the  Company.
                        Also,  Mr.  Jensen  subsequently  communicated  with the
                        Company's current management  indicating that there were
                        a number of issues  raised during his  involvement  with
                        the  Company  relating  to the  provisions  of his share
                        purchase  agreement which could result in claims against
                        the Company.

                        In order to resolve all current  and  potential  issues,
                        Mr.  Jensen  and the  Company  agreed  to  exchange  his
                        current holding of 1,425,000  shares of common stock for
                        75  shares  of  8%  Series  C   Cumulative   Convertible
                        Preferred Stock ("Series C Preferred"), which management
                        estimated to have a fair market  value of  approximately
                        $3.4 million and a face value of $7.5 million. The terms
                        of the Series C  Preferred  stock  permit Mr.  Jensen to
                        convert the face value of the preferred  stock to common
                        stock  at 90% of  market  price,  subject  to a  minimum
                        conversion  price of $4.00 per  share  and a maximum  of
                        $6.00 per share.  The  difference  between the estimated
                        fair value of the preferred  stock issued and the market
                        value of the  common  stock  surrendered  resulted  in a
                        one-time  non-cash charge to the Company's  statement of
                        operations of approximately $1.0 million for the quarter
                        ended September 30, 1998, with a corresponding credit to
                        stockholders' equity. See Note 11 for further discussion
                        of the terms of the Series C Preferred.


                                                                            F-31





                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7.   SETTLEMENT         In  February  1999,  contemporaneous  with  a  financing
     WITH PRINCIPAL     transaction  between  the Company  and Mr.  Jensen,  the
     STOCKHOLDER        conversion  terms of the Series C Preferred were amended
     (CON'T)            and Mr. Jensen agreed to exchange his Series C Preferred
                        for 3,000,000  shares of common  stock.  See Note 17 for
                        further discussion.                                     

8.   PROXY RELATED      The Company, its former auditors, certain of its present
     LITIGATION AND     and former  directors  and others were  defendants  in a
     SETTLEMENT         consolidated  securities class action which alleged that
     COSTS              certain  public filings and reports made by the Company,
                        including  its Forms 10-K for the 1991,  1992,  1993 and
                        1994  fiscal  years  (i)  did  not  present  fairly  the
                        financial condition of the Company and its earnings; and
                        (ii) failed to disclose the role of a consultant  to the
                        Company.                                                
                        
                        The Company and its former auditors  vigorously  opposed
                        the action,  however,  the Company decided it was in the
                        stockholders'  best  interest  to curtail  costly  legal
                        proceedings and settle the case.

                        Under the Stipulation of Settlement dated April 2, 1998,
                        the Company  issued  350,000  shares of its common stock
                        into a Settlement  Fund that will be  distributed  among
                        the Class.  Settlement becomes effective only upon entry
                        of a final judgment by the Court and upon entry of final
                        judgments in two related  Delaware  Actions (which as of
                        March 31, 1999 have not yet been received), and upon the
                        expiration  of the time to appeal or upon  exhaustion of
                        appellate  review in this action,  were any appeal to be
                        taken.

                        As a result of the above action and related matters, the
                        Company  recorded  $0.1  million,  $3.9 million and $0.5
                        million in costs and  expenses  during  the nine  months
                        ended  December  31,  1998 and the years ended March 31,
                        1998 and 1997. Included in the March 31, 1998 amount, is
                        a charge of $3.5  million  which  represented  the value
                        assigned to the 350,000  shares of common stock referred
                        to above, which were valued at $10.00 per share pursuant
                        to the terms of the  settlement  agreement.  Such  value
                        relates to the Company's  obligation to issue additional
                        stock if the market price of the Company's stock is less
                        than $10.00 per share  during the defined  periods.  The
                        Company has no obligation to issue  additional  stock if
                        its share  price is above  $10.00 per share for  fifteen
                        consecutive  days during the two year  period  after all
                        shares  have  been  distributed  to  the  Class.  As  of
                        December  31,  1998,  all of the  shares  have  not been
                        distributed  to the Class and therefore the start of the
                        two year window has not commenced.

                        Additionally,   the   Company   settled   with   another
                        stockholder  related to the same securities class action
                        in May 1998 and issued that stockholder 28,700 shares of
                        common  stock  at  the  market  price  at  the  date  of
                        settlement for a total value of $0.08 million.

                                                                            F-32






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9.   OTHER              The  Company is a  defendant  in an action  brought by a
     LITIGATION         Colorado reseller of transmission  services. The lawsuit
                        arises out of a  transaction  wherein the  plaintiff and
                        the  Company  contemplated  forming a limited  liability
                        company for purposes of developing  sales  opportunities
                        generated  by  the   plaintiff.   The  Company  and  the
                        plaintiff   were  unable  to  arrive  at  a   definitive
                        agreement on their  arrangement  and the plaintiff sued,
                        claiming   breach  of  a   noncircumvention   agreement,
                        notwithstanding  the fact that the  plaintiff  agreed to
                        and was a part of the transaction.  The Company believes
                        this  claim is  without  merit and plans to defend  this
                        action vigorously.                                      
                        
                        A former  officer of the Company who was  terminated  in
                        the fall of 1997 filed suit  against the Company in July
                        1998.   The   executive   entered  into  a   termination
                        agreement. The Company made the determination that there
                        were items which the executive failed to disclose to the
                        Company and therefore the Company ceased making payments
                        to the  executive  pending  further  investigation.  The
                        executive sued,  claiming  employment benefits including
                        expenses,  vacation  pay  and  rights  to  options.  The
                        Company is defending this action vigorously and believes
                        that it ultimately will prevail.

                        The Company  and its  subsidiaries  are also  parties to
                        various other legal actions and various  claims  arising
                        in the ordinary  course of business.  Management  of the
                        Company  believes  that the  disposition  of such  other
                        actions  and claims  will not have a material  effect on
                        the financial position,  operating results or cash flows
                        of the Company.

10.  RELATED  PARTY     On December 31,  1998,  two officers of the Company each
     TRANSACTIONS       loaned  $0.05  million  to the  Company  for short  term
                        needs.  The loans were  repaid,  including  a 1% fee, in
                        February 1999.                                          
                        
                        In June 1998, an existing stockholder loaned the Company
                        $1.0  million.  See  Note 4 for a  description  of  this
                        transaction.  Subsequent to December 31, 1998, this same
                        stockholder loaned $0.2 million to the Company for short
                        term  needs.  This $0.2  million  note was  subsequently
                        converted into 125,000 shares of common stock.  See Note
                        17 for further discussion.

                        As  described  in Notes 17 and 18, an  affiliate  of the
                        Company's   largest   stockholder   made  two  financing
                        commitments  to  the  Company  subsequent  to  year  end
                        totaling $25.0 million.

                                                                            F-33






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11.  STOCKHOLDERS'      COMMON STOCK
     EQUITY

                        On June 3, 1997,  the Board of  Directors  approved  the
                        sale of 1,425,000  shares of the Company's  common stock
                        for $7.5 million to Mr. Ronald Jensen.  Proceeds of $3.0
                        million  from the sale  were  used to  reduce  long-term
                        debt. The remainder of the proceeds was used for working
                        capital.  In November  1998, the Company agreed to issue
                        shares of Series C Preferred  Stock in exchange  for the
                        1,425,000 shares of common stock as described in Note 7.
                        In  February  1999,  contemporaneous  with  a  financing
                        transaction between the Company and Mr. Jensen (see Note
                        17),  Mr.   Jensen  agreed  to  exchange  his  Series  C
                        Preferred for 3,000,000 shares of common stock.

                        As  described  in Note 8, during the nine months  period
                        ended  December  31, 1998 and year ended March 31, 1998,
                        the Company  agreed to issue  28,700  shares and 350,000
                        shares of common stock in connection with the settlement
                        of litigation.

                        As described  below and in Note 6, in December  1998 the
                        Company made two acquisitions.  The equity consideration
                        paid  to  date  for  these  acquisitions   includes  the
                        issuance of Series B Preferred  Stock  convertible  into
                        2,000,000 (subject to stockholder approval the preferred
                        will be  convertible  into  2,500,000)  shares of common
                        stock and the issuance of 62,500 shares of common stock.
                        Equity  consideration  paid for  these  acquisitions  is
                        subject  to  adjustment   upon   resolution  of  certain
                        contingencies as discussed in Note 6.

                        PREFERRED STOCK

                        Per the Company's restated  certificate of incorporation
                        and as approved by the Company's stockholders on May 14,
                        1996,  the Board of Directors was given the authority to
                        issue up to 5,000,000  shares of preferred stock without
                        obtaining further  stockholder  approval.  The preferred
                        stock  can  be  issued  in   series.   The   rights  and
                        preferences  of preferred  stock are  established by the
                        Company's  Board  of  Directors  upon  issuance  of each
                        series. As of December 31, 1998, the following series of
                        stock were authorized by the Board of Directors.

                                                                            F-34






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11.  STOCKHOLDERS'      SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
     EQUITY (CON'T)

                        In  connection  with the IDX  acquisition,  the  Company
                        issued 500,000 shares of Series B Convertible  Preferred
                        Stock  ("Series  B"),  certain  warrants and  promissory
                        notes in the original  principal  amount of $5.0 million
                        subject  to   adjustment   in   exchange   for  all  the
                        outstanding  common and  preferred  shares of IDX.  (See
                        Note  6  for  further  information   regarding  the  IDX
                        acquisition).   The   shares   of  Series  B  stock  are
                        convertible  at the  holders'  option at any time at the
                        then  current  conversion  rate  (currently  at a 4 to 1
                        ratio of  common  stock to  preferred).  The  shares  of
                        Series  B will  automatically  convert  into  shares  of
                        common  stock on the  earlier  to occur of (a) the first
                        date  that the 15 day  average  closing  sales  price of
                        common stock is equal to or greater than $8.00 or (b) 30
                        days after the later to occur of (i) December 2, 1999 or
                        (ii) the receipt of any necessary  stockholder  approval
                        relating to the  issuance of the common  stock upon such
                        conversion.  The Company has guaranteed a price of $8.00
                        per  share  on  December  2,  1999,   subject  to  IDX's
                        achievement of certain revenue and EBITDA objectives. If
                        the market  price of the common stock is less than $8.00
                        per  share  on  December  2,  1999  and  IDX has met its
                        performance   objectives,   the   Company   will   issue
                        additional shares of common stock upon conversion of the
                        Series B stock (subject to stockholder  approval)  based
                        on the ratio of $8.00 to the market  price (as  defined,
                        but not less than  $3.3333 per share),  but not more the
                        3.5 million  additional  shares of common  stock will be
                        issued.  The  Series B stock has no  stated  liquidation
                        preferences,  is not redeemable and has weighted  voting
                        rights equal to 25% of the number of common  shares into
                        which it can be  converted.  The holders of the Series B
                        stock are not entitled to dividends  unless  declared by
                        the Board of Directors.

                        8% SERIES C CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

                        The  Company  authorized  275  shares  of  8%  Series  C
                        Cumulative  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  ("Series C"),
                        with a par value of $.001 per share. These shares can be
                        issued in different  series.  All series have  identical
                        rights,  preferences,  privileges and restrictions.  The
                        holders  of  Series  C stock  are  entitled  to  receive
                        cumulative  annual  dividends  at 8% of the  liquidation
                        price  ($0.1  million  per share)  when  declared by the
                        Board of Directors.  Dividends  accrue from the issuance
                        date of the stock and are fully  cumulative.  Cumulative
                        dividends shall be payable quarterly beginning September
                        30, 2000 when  declared by the Board of  Directors.  The
                        terms  of the  Series  C stock  permit  the  holders  to
                        convert  the  Series C stock  into the  number of common
                        shares  equal to the face value of the  preferred  stock
                        divided by 90% of the market  price,  but with a minimum
                        conversion  price  of $4.00  per  share  and an  maximum
                        conversion   price  of  $6.00  per  share,   subject  to
                        adjustment  if the Company  issues common stock for less
                        than the conversion price. If the holder of the Series C
                        stock  converts the Series C stock to common stock,  all
                        rights to

                                                                            F-35






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11.   STOCKHOLDERS'     accrued  dividends shall be waived.  If the Company does
      EQUITY (CON'T)    not achieve  certain gross revenue targets by a specific
                        date,  the Company will issue warrants to purchase 5,000
                        shares of common  stock for each share of Series C stock
                        at an exercise  price of $0.01 per share.  The  warrants
                        will  be  issuable  and  exercisable  only  if the  last
                        reported  sales  price  of  the  common  stock  has  not
                        exceeded a price per share  equal to 125% of the initial
                        conversion  price of the Series C stock to common stock.
                        The Series C has no voting  rights  unless the  dividend
                        payments  are in arrears for six  quarters.  Should that
                        occur,  the holders of the Series C stock have the right
                        to elect a  director  to the  Board.  The  Company  must
                        obtain an affirmative vote representing at least 66 2/3%
                        of the  outstanding  shares of Series C stock before the
                        Company  can issue any  preferred  stock  which would be
                        senior to or pari passu  with the  Series C stock.  This
                        condition excludes Series A preferred stock.            
                        
                        In November 1998, in connection  with a settlement  with
                        the  Company's  largest  stockholder  (see  Note 7),  75
                        shares  of  Series C stock  were  issued  to Mr.  Ronald
                        Jensen in exchange for 1,425,000  shares of common stock
                        to resolve  issues  relating  to the  provisions  of his
                        share  purchase  agreement  which could have resulted in
                        claims  against  the  Company.  Under the Series C stock
                        agreement,  if at  July  1,  1999  the  Company  did not
                        achieve certain  revenue tests,  5,000 warrants would be
                        issued  for  each  share of  Series C stock  held by Mr.
                        Jensen.  These warrants would have had an exercise price
                        of $0.01  per share and  would  have been  issuable  and
                        exercisable  contingent upon certain stock prices of the
                        Company's  common stock. Mr. Jensen waived all rights to
                        accrued  dividends and warrants  upon  conversion of the
                        Series C stock into  3,000,000  shares of common  stock.
                        See Note 17 for further discussion.

                        SERIES A PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

                        In February 1997, the Company  adopted a rights plan and
                        entered  into  a  stockholders   rights  agreement  that
                        provides  for the  issuance  of rights for each share of
                        common stock  outstanding  on February  28,  1997.  Each
                        right represents the right to purchase one one-hundredth
                        of a  share  of the  Company's  Series  A  Participating
                        Preferred  Stock  ("Series  A") at a  price  of $70  per
                        one-hundredth  of  a  share  of  Series  A,  subject  to
                        adjustment.  All  shares  issued  between  the  date  of
                        adoption of the Rights  Agreement  and the  distribution
                        date (as defined in the Rights  Agreement) will have the
                        Rights attached to them. The Rights become  exerciseable
                        upon the occurrence of certain defined change of control
                        triggering   events.   The  Rights  will  have   certain
                        anti-takeover  effects,  as they will cause  substantial
                        dilution   to  a  person  or  group   that   acquires  a
                        substantial  interest in the  Company  without the prior
                        approval of the Company's Board of Directors.

                                                                            F-36






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11.  STOCKHOLDERS'      EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION AND APPRECIATION RIGHTS PLAN
     EQUITY (CON'T)

                        On December 14, 1995, the Board of Directors adopted the
                        Employee Stock Option and Appreciation  Rights Plan (the
                        "Employee Plan"),  expiring December 15, 2005, reserving
                        for issuance  1,000,000  shares of the Company's  common
                        stock. The Employee Plan was amended and restated in its
                        entirety during the year ended March 31, 1998, including
                        an increase in the number of shares  available for grant
                        to 1,750,000 representing an increase of 750,000 shares.

                        The Employee Plan provides for grants to key  employees,
                        advisors or consultants to the Company at the discretion
                        of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors,
                        of  stock  options  to  purchase  common  stock  of  the
                        Company.  The  Employee  Plan  provides for the grant of
                        both  "incentive  stock  options,"  as  defined  in  the
                        Internal   Revenue  Code  of  1986,   as  amended,   and
                        nonqualified  stock  options.  Options  that are granted
                        under the Employee Plan that are incentive stock options
                        may   only   be   granted   to   employees    (including
                        employee-directors) of the Company.

                        Stock options  granted under the Employee Plan must have
                        an  exercise  price  equal in  value to the fair  market
                        value, as defined,  of the Company's common stock on the
                        date of grant.  Any options  granted  under the Employee
                        Plan must be exercised within ten years of the date they
                        were   granted.   Under   the   Employee   Plan,   Stock
                        Appreciation  Rights  ("SAR's")  may also be  granted in
                        connection  with the  granting  of an option  and may be
                        exercised in lieu of the  exercise of the option.  A SAR
                        is  exercisable  at the  same  time or  times  that  the
                        related option is exercisable.  The Company will pay the
                        SAR in  shares  of  common  stock  equal in value to the
                        excess  of  the  fair  market  value,  at  the  date  of
                        exercise,  of a share of common  stock over the exercise
                        price  of the  related  option.  The  exercise  of a SAR
                        automatically results in the cancellation of the related
                        option on a share-for-share basis.

                        During the nine months  ended  December 31, 1998 and the
                        fiscal  years  ended  March  31,  1998  and  1997,   the
                        Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors granted
                        options to purchase an aggregate  of 996,941,  1,584,629
                        and 439,600, respectively, shares of common stock to its
                        employees  under the  Employee  Plan at exercise  prices
                        from  $1.469  to $3.813  per  share for the nine  months
                        ended  December 31,  1998,  $2.32 to $3.12 per share for
                        the year  ended  March  31,  1998 and $5.75 to $9.00 per
                        share for 1997. The employees were also granted SAR's in
                        tandem  with the options  granted to them in  connection
                        with grants prior to December 5, 1997.

                                                                            F-37






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11.  STOCKHOLDERS'      As of December 31, 1998, options  outstanding under this
     EQUITY  (CON'T)    Employee Plan exceeded the shares available for grant by
                        390,109 shares. It is management's  intention to request
                        stockholder  approval  to merge the  Director  Plan (see
                        below) into the Employee Plan, thereby permitting shares
                        currently  reserved for issuance under the Director Plan
                        to be used to remedy this deficiency.                   
                        
                        DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION AND APPRECIATION RIGHTS PLAN

                        On December 14, 1995, the Board of Directors adopted the
                        Directors Stock Option and Appreciation Rights Plan (the
                        "Director Plan"),  expiring December 14, 2005. There are
                        870,000  shares of the Company's  common stock  reserved
                        for issuance  under the Director Plan. The Director Plan
                        was amended and restated in its entirety during the year
                        ended March 31,  1998 so that it now  closely  resembles
                        the  Employee  Plan.  In the  nine  month  period  ended
                        December 31, 1998, the Director Plan was amended so that
                        grants of options to directors are at the  discretion of
                        the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee. In
                        November 1997 and April 1998,  each director (other than
                        members of the  Compensation  Committee)  was granted an
                        option under the Director Plan,  each to purchase 10,000
                        shares of common stock, with each option being effective
                        for five  years  commencing  on April 1,  1998 and 1999,
                        respectively, and with each option vesting only upon the
                        achievement of certain corporate  economic and financial
                        goals.  By  December  31,  1998,  all of these  options,
                        totaling 120,000 options, were forfeited because not all
                        of the corporate and financial  goals were met. Prior to
                        the  amendments  to the  Director  Plan,  each  director
                        received an  automatic  grant of ten year  options and a
                        corresponding  SAR to purchase  10,000  shares of common
                        stock on the third  Friday in December in each  calendar
                        year. During the nine months ended December 31, 1998 and
                        the fiscal  years  ended  March 31,  1998 and 1997,  the
                        Compensation   Committee   of  the  Board  of  Directors
                        confirmed the grant of total options  (including options
                        with vesting contingencies, to purchase 240,000, 85,000,
                        and 60,000, respectively,  shares of common stock to its
                        directors  pursuant to the  Company's  Director  Plan at
                        exercise prices of $1.81 to $3.19 per share for the nine
                        month period ended December 31, 1998, $2.63 to $2.69 per
                        share for the year  ended  March 31,  1998 and $5.75 per
                        share for 1997.  These exercise prices were equal to the
                        fair  market  value of the shares on the date of grants.
                        During the nine months  ended  December  31,  1998,  the
                        Company  recorded   $184,788  in  compensation   expense
                        related to these director warrants.

                                                                            F-38






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11.  STOCKHOLDERS'      WARRANTS                                                
     EQUITY (CON'T)        
                        In  connection  with the issuance of debt,  the Board of
                        Directors  granted  warrants to purchase an aggregate of
                        92,000,  949,267  and  466,667  shares of common  stock,
                        respectively,  during the nine months ended December 31,
                        1998 and the two fiscal  years  ended March 31, 1998 and
                        1997, at exercise prices ranging from $2.00 to $3.03 per
                        share for the nine months ended December 31, 1998, $0.01
                        to $6.61  per share for year  ended  March 31,  1998 and
                        $7.88 to $14.88 for fiscal 1997.  As a result of the 10%
                        stock split in 1996,  certain  warrants  were  increased
                        from 150,000 to 165,000. During the year ended March 31,
                        1998,   466,667  of  the  warrants  granted  above  were
                        cancelled   as  the  terms  of  the  related  debt  were
                        renegotiated.  The fair value of  warrants  at the grant
                        date was recorded as  unamortized  discount  against the
                        related debt.  These  discounts  are being  amortized to
                        interest  expense  over the term of the loans  using the
                        effective interest method.  Additional  interest expense
                        related  to these  warrants  for the nine  month  period
                        ended  December  31,  1998 and the year ended  March 31,
                        1998 was $254,678 and $478,580,  respectively. There was
                        no unamortized interest expense for the year ended March
                        31, 1997.

                        In the nine months ended December 31, 1998 and the years
                        ended  March 31, 1998 and 1997,  the Board of  Directors
                        granted  warrants  to purchase  an  aggregate  of 2,500,
                        91,200 and 238,800 shares of common stock, respectively,
                        to  non-affiliates at exercise prices of $2.00 per share
                        for the nine month period ended December 31, 1998, $2.75
                        per share for the years  ended  March 31, 1998 and $6.88
                        to $6.98 for 1997.  The fair value of these  warrants at
                        the date of grant was recorded  based on the  underlying
                        transactions.  The warrants are  exercisable for periods
                        ranging  from 12 to 60 months.  During  the nine  months
                        ended December 31, 1998, 318,000 of the warrants granted
                        above expired.

                        During the nine months  ended  December  31,  1998,  the
                        Board of  Directors  granted  warrants  to  purchase  an
                        aggregate  of  2,550,000  (2,050,000  until  stockholder
                        approval)  shares of common stock to the stockholders or
                        owners  of  companies  acquired  as an  element  of  the
                        purchase price at exercise  prices of $0.01 to $1.63.The
                        warrants  to   purchase   2,500,000   (2,000,000   until
                        stockholder   approval)   shares  of  common  stock  are
                        exercisable contingent upon the acquired company meeting
                        certain revenue and EBITDA objectives twelve months from
                        the  date  of  acquisition.   See  Note  6  for  further
                        information.

                                                                            F-39


                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11.   STOCKHOLDERS'     SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation"
     EQUITY (CON'T)     requires  the Company to provide  pro forma  information
                        regarding net income (loss) and net earnings  (loss) per
                        share as if  compensation  costs for the Company's stock
                        option plans and other stock awards had been  determined
                        in accordance with fair value based method prescribed in
                        SFAS No. 123.  The Company  estimates  the fair value of
                        each   stock   award   by   using   the    Black-Scholes
                        option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
                        assumptions  used for  grants in the nine  months  ended
                        December  31, 1998 and the fiscal  years ended March 31,
                        1998 and 1997, respectively: no expected dividend yields
                        for all  periods;  expected  volatility  of 55%, 55% and
                        65%; risk-free interest rates of 4.51%, 5.82% and 5.91%;
                        and expected  lives of 3.65 years, 2 years and 1.5 years
                        for the Plans and stock awards.                         
                        
                        Under the  accounting  provisions  for SFAS No. 123, the
                        Company's  net earnings  (loss) and per earnings  (loss)
                        per share  would  have been  decreased  by the pro forma
                        amounts indicated below:

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                                                 NINE MONTHS ENDED                        YEARS ENDED

                                                                    DECEMBER 31,               MARCH 31,                 MARCH 31,
                                                                       1998                      1998                      1997
                                                                 ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                             
NET EARNINGS (LOSS)
     AS REPORTED                                                 $  (7,090,192)             $  (13,289,910)             $   733,952
     PRO FORMA                                                   $  (7,440,099)             $  (13,457,713)             $  (801,214)

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
    BASIC:
       AS REPORTED                                               $       (0.40)             $        (0.78)             $      0.05
       PRO FORMA                                                 $       (0.42)             $        (0.79)             $     (0.05)

    DILUTED:
        AS REPORTED                                              $       (0.40)             $        (0.78)             $      0.05
        PRO FORMA                                                $       (0.42)             $        (0.79)             $     (0.05)




                                                                            F-40


                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11.  STOCKHOLDERS'      A summary of the status of the  Company's  stock  option
     EQUITY (CON'T)     plans and  outstanding  warrants as of December 31, 1998
                        and March 31, 1998 and 1997 and changes  during the nine
                        months  and  years  ending on those  dates is  presented
                        below:                                                  
                        



                                            DECEMBER 31,                 MARCH 31,                      MARCH 31,
                                                1998                        1998                          1997
                                      ------------------------   -------------------------    --------------------------
                                                      WEIGHTED                    WEIGHTED                      WEIGHTED
                                                       AVERAGE                     AVERAGE                       AVERAGE
                                        NUMBER OF     EXERCISE   NUMBER OF        EXERCISE    NUMBER OF         EXERCISE
                                           SHARES        PRICE    SHARES             PRICE     SHARES              PRICE
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                           
OUTSTANDING, BEGINNING OF  PERIOD      3,412,489        $ 3.96   1,706,832          $ 6.58     1,000,042           $5.55
                   GRANTED             4,256,441        $ 0.78   2,710,096          $ 3.47       849,267           $7.64
                   EXPIRED            (1,037,604)       $ 4.13    (986,091)         $ 6.87      (141,725)          $5.52
                   EXERCISED                 -             -       (18,348)         $ 5.75          (752)          $5.26

OUTSTANDING,  END OF PERIOD             6,631,326       $ 1.92   3,412,489          $ 3.96     1,706,832           $6.58
EXERCISABLE, END OF PERIOD              1,991,216       $ 3.86   1,875,860          $ 5.02     1,302,095           $6.78
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WEIGHTED AVERAGE FAIR                                                                                                    
     VALUE OF OPTIONS AND WARRANTS                                                                                       
     GRANTED DURING THE PERIOD            $  1.43                  $  1.41                       $  1.85                 
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Included in the above table are certain options and warrants that are contingent
based on various future performance measures. (See Notes 5 and 11).

The  following  table  summarizes  information  about stock options and warrants
outstanding at December 31, 1998:





                                                              OUTSTANDING                        EXERCISABLE
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            WEIGHTED                            WEIGHTED
                                                                           REMAINING                           REMAINING
                               RANGE OF EXERCISE         NUMBER OF       CONTRACTUAL                         CONTRACTUAL
                                    PRICES                  SHARES      LIFE (YEARS)   NUMBER OF SHARES     LIFE (YEARS)
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                      
                                  $      0.01            2,890,000              0.91             15,000             0.11
                                  $ 1.47-2.03              776,209              4.19            420,599             4.37
                                  $ 2.25-2.88              656,500              4.96            240,000             4.37
                                  $ 3.00-4.50            1,620,000              3.04            627,000             1.40
                                  $ 5.45-6.61              688,617              3.99            688,617             3.99
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           TOTAL                  $ 0.01-6.61            6,631,326              2.54          1,991,216             3.75
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                                                                            F-41



                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12.  TAXES ON           During  the year  ended  March  31,  1998,  the  Company
     INCOME             undertook a study to simplify its organizational and tax
                        structure and  identified  potential  international  tax
                        issues.  In  connection  with this  study,  the  Company
                        determined  that it had  potential tax  liabilities  and
                        recorded an additional  tax provision of $1.5 million to
                        reserve against  liabilities which might arise under the
                        existing  structure.  Upon  completion  of this study in
                        January 1999, the Company initiated discussions with the
                        Internal  Revenue  Service  related to the U. S. Federal
                        income tax issues identified by the study and filed with
                        the IRS  returns  for the  Company  for the years  ended
                        March 31, 1991 through 1998  reflecting  these findings.
                        No  additional  tax reserve was  recorded as of December
                        31, 1998 after  completion  of the study.  The  eventual
                        outcome  of these  discussions  and of any other  issues
                        cannot be predicted with certainty.                     
                        
                        Taxes on income for the nine months  ended  December 31,
                        1998 and the  years  ended  March  31,  1998  and  1997,
                        consisted of the following:





                                                                      DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,          MARCH 31,
                                                                          1998                 1998                1997
                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                       
Current:

    Federal                                                       $        --                $        --                $    70,000
    Foreign                                                                --                    140,000                    166,000
    State                                                                  --                         --                     12,000
    Other                                                                  --                  1,500,000                         -- 

                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Current                                                                                  1,640,000                    248,000
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Deferred:

     Federal                                                         (416,000)                (1,830,000)                  (584,000)
     State                                                            (37,000)                  (163,000)                   (52,000)
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     (453,000)                (1,993,000)                  (636,000)
Change in
   valuation allowance                                                453,000                  1,993,000                    636,000
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total                                                        $        --                $ 1,640,000                $   248,000
                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------






                                                                            F-42


                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12.  TAXES ON           As of December 31, 1998 and March 31, 1998 and 1997, the
     INCOME (CON'T.)    net deferred  tax asset recorded and its approximate tax
                        effect consisted of the following:
 



                                                                   DECEMBER 31,               MARCH 31,                 MARCH 31,
                                                                       1998                     1998                       1997
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                       
Net operating loss carry-
        forwards                                                    $ 6,041,000               $ 3,496,000               $ 3,036,000
Nondeductible expense
         accruals                                                     1,525,000                 1,295,000                        -- 
Foreign net operating loss
         carryforwards                                                  260,000                        --                        -- 
Other                                                                   431,000                   269,000                    31,000
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      8,257,000                 5,060,000                 3,067,000
Valuation allowance                                                  (8,257,000)               (5,060,000)               (3,067,000)
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax asset                                              $        --               $        --               $        -- 
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------











                                                                            F-43



                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12.  TAXES ON           The  acquisition  of IDX in December 1998 included a net
     INCOME             deferred  tax asset of $2.7  million.  This net deferred
     (CON'T)            tax asset  consists  primarily  of U.S.  and foreign net
                        operating  losses.   The  acquisition  also  included  a
                        valuation  allowance equal to the net deferred tax asset
                        acquired.                                               
                        
                        For the years ended December 31, 1998 and March 31, 1998
                        and 1997, a reconciliation  of the United States Federal
                        statutory rate to the effective rate is shown below:




                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,                    MARCH 31,
                                                                                     1998                  1998              1997
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                       
                            FEDERAL TAX (BENEFIT),  COMPUTED
                                  AT  STATUTORY RATE                                (34.0) %              (34.0)%             34.0%
                            STATE TAX (BENEFIT), NET OF FEDERAL
                                  TAX  BENEFIT                                        (1.0)                (1.0)               1.0

                            EFFECT OF  FOREIGN OPERATIONS                             29.0                 19.0              (74.0)
                            ADDITIONAL TAXES                                          --                   13.0                 -- 
                            CHANGE IN VALUATION ALLOWANCE                              6.0                 17.0               62.0
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            TOTAL                                                      0%                  14.0%              23.0%
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                        As of December 31, 1998,  the Company has net  operating
                        loss  carryforwards  available  of  approximately  $16.3
                        million  which can  offset  future  years  U.S.  taxable
                        income.  Such  carryforwards  expire  in  various  years
                        through  2018 and are  subject to  limitation  under the
                        Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

                        Included in the net  operating  loss  carryforwards  are
                        approximately   $6.0   million   acquired   in  the  IDX
                        acquisition.  As a result of the change in ownership, as
                        defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, the
                        net operating loss carryforwards acquired are limited in
                        use to  approximately  $330,000  per  year  and  must be
                        offset only by taxable income generated from IDX.

                                                                            F-44


                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

13.  SEGMENT            The  Company  is  engaged  in  one  business  segment  -
     INFORMATION        Telecommunications  Services. For purposes of allocating
                        revenues by country,  the  Company  uses  the  physical 
                        location of its customers as its basis.

                        The  following  table  presents  information  about  the
                        Company by geographic area:



                                                  ASIA             NORTH              LATIN
                                EUROPE           PACIFIC          AMERICA            AMERICA            OTHER           TOTALS
                                                                 (EXCLUDING
                                                                  MEXICO)
                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                              
FOR THE NINE
MONTHS ENDING
DECEMBER 31, 1998

REVENUE
                                  $  1,966,765     $  5,949,077     $  9,009,306     $  5,243,688     $    321,806     $ 22,490,642

OPERATING LOSS                    $   (482,628)    $ (1,460,017)    $ (2,631,110)    $ (1,286,901)    $    (78,977)    $ (5,939,633)

IDENTIFIABLE LONG
LIVED ASSETS                      $  5,687,947     $  4,962,397     $ 11,237,235     $  1,470,903     $    923,076     $ 24,281,558

                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR THE YEARS
ENDING
MARCH 31, 1998

REVENUE                           $  3,468,336     $ 10,294,483     $ 10,061,519     $  8,248,078     $  1,050,351     $ 33,122,767

OPERATING  LOSS                   $   (596,900)    $ (1,771,679)    $ (1,731,586)    $ (1,419,494)    $   (180,765)    $ (5,700,424)


IDENTIFIABLE LONG                 $  4,880,910     $  7,169,872     $  8,616,014     $  1,032,352     $    997,433     $ 22,696,581
LIVED ASSETS

                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR THE YEARS
ENDING
MARCH 31, 1997

REVENUE                           $  6,169,378     $ 10,574,659     $  8,220,081     $  1,486,779     $  7,543,478     $ 33,994,375

OPERATING INCOME
 (LOSS)                           $    439,834     $    753,900     $    586,034     $    537,797     $    105,999     $  2,423,564

IDENTIFIABLE LONG                 $  6,744,909     $  4,734,010     $ 10,417,279     $  1,219,323     $    564,165     $ 23,679,686
LIVED ASSETS

                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                                                                            F-45


                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

13.  SEGMENT            For the nine  months  ended  December  31,  1998 and the
     INFORMATION        years  ended  March  31,  1998  and 1997  revenues  from
     (CON'T)            significant customers consisted of the following:       
                        



                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1998           MARCH 31, 1998         MARCH 31, 1997
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                 
                               CUSTOMER:
                               A                                           19%                    18%                     15%
                               B                                           16%                    14%                      9%
                               C                                           10%                    11%                     12%




14.  COMMITMENTS        EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
     AND                     
     CONTINGENCIES      The  Company  and  certain  of  its  subsidiaries   have
                        agreements  with  certain  key  employees   expiring  at
                        varying  times over the next three years.  The Company's
                        remaining  aggregate  commitment  at  December  31, 1998
                        under such agreements is approximately $1.2 million.    
                        
                        CARRIER ARRANGEMENTS

                        The Company has entered  into  agreements  with  certain
                        long-distance  carriers  in the  United  States and with
                        telephone  utilities  in various  foreign  countries  to
                        transmit    telephone    signals     domestically    and
                        internationally.  The Company is entirely dependent upon
                        the cooperation of the telephone utilities with which it
                        has made arrangements for its operational and certain of
                        its   administrative    requirements.    The   Company's
                        arrangements  are  nonexclusive  and take various forms.
                        Although  some of these  arrangements  are  embodied  in
                        formal  contracts,  a telephone  utility  could cease to
                        accommodate the Company's  arrangements at any time. The
                        Company   does  not   foresee  any  threat  to  existing
                        arrangements  with these utilities,  however,  depending
                        upon the location of the telephone utility,  such action
                        could have a material  adverse  affect on the  Company's
                        financial position, operating results or cash flows.



                                                                            F-46






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

14.  COMMITMENTS        TELECOMMUNICATION LINES
     AND
     CONTINGENCIES      In its normal  course of  business,  the Company  enters
     (CON'T)            into   agreements   for  the   use  of   long   distance
                        telecommunication lines. As of December 31, 1998, future
                        minimum  annual  payments  under such  agreements are as
                        follows:                                                
                        
                        



                                 YEARS ENDING DECEMBER 31,                                                        TOTAL
                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          
                                   1999                                                                     $ 1,705,412
                                   2000                                                                         535,109
                                   2001                                                                         421,728
                                   2002                                                                          70,288
                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                            $ 2,732,537
                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                        LEASE AGREEMENTS

                        The Company  leases  office  space and  equipment  under
                        various  operating  leases.  As of  December  31,  1998,
                        remaining   minimum  annual  rental   commitments  under
                        noncancelable operating leases are as follows:




                                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                                                     TOTAL
                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          
                                          1999                                                               $ 1,230,586
                                          2000                                                                   344,294
                                          2001                                                                   233,377
                                          2002                                                                   176,895
                                          2003                                                                   180,895
                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                             $ 2,166,047
                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                        Rent expense for the periods ended December 31, 1998 and
                        March 31, 1998 and 1997 was approximately  $0.5 million,
                        $0.6 million, and $0.4 million, respectively.



                                                                            F-47


                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

15.  GOVERNMENT         The   telecommunications   card   industry   is   highly
     REGULATIONS        competitive   and   subject  to   extensive   government
                        regulations,  both  in the  United  States  and  abroad.
                        Pursuant to the Federal  Communications Act, the Federal
                        Communications   Commission   ("FCC")  is   required  to
                        regulate the  telecommunications  industry in the United
                        States.  Under  current  FCC  policy,  telecommunication
                        carriers, including the Company, who resell the domestic
                        services   of  other   carriers   and  who  do  not  own
                        telecommunication   facilities   of   their   own,   are
                        considered  to be  non-dominant  and,  as a result,  are
                        subject    to    the    least    rigorous    regulation.
                        Telecommunications   activities   are  also  subject  to
                        government  regulations in every country  throughout the
                        world. The Company has numerous licenses, agreements, or
                        equipment   approvals   in   foreign   countries   where
                        operations are  conducted.  To date, the Company has not
                        been  required to comply or been notified that it cannot
                        comply with any material  international  regulations  in
                        order to pursue its existing business activities.  There
                        can be no  assurances,  however,  that  in  the  current
                        United  States  regulatory  environment,  including  the
                        present level of FCC regulations,  that the Company will
                        continue to be considered  non-dominant and that various
                        foreign governmental authorities will not seek to assert
                        jurisdiction  over the Company's  rates or other aspects
                        of its  services.  Such  changes  could  have a material
                        adverse  affect on the  Company's  financial  condition,
                        operating results or cash flows.                        
                        
                        In certain  countries  where the  Company,  through  its
                        subsidiary IDX, has current or planned  operations,  the
                        Company may not have the necessary  regulatory approvals
                        to   conduct   all  or  part  of  its   voice   and  fax
                        store-and-forward services. In these jurisdictions,  the
                        requirements    and    level    of    telecommunications
                        deregulation  is  varied,  including  internet  protocol
                        telephony. Management believes that the degree of active
                        monitoring  and   enforcement  of  such   regulation  is
                        limited.  Statutory  provisions for penalties  vary, but
                        could include fines and/or  termination of the Company's
                        operations in the  associated  jurisdiction.  Management
                        believes that the likelihood of significant penalties or
                        injunctive  relief is remote.  To date,  the Company has
                        not been  required  to comply or been  notified  that it
                        cannot   comply   with   any   material    international
                        regulations  in order to pursue  its  existing  business
                        activities.  There can be no  assurance,  however,  that
                        regulatory  action  against the Company  will not occur.
                        Such action could have a material  adverse affect on the
                        Company's financial condition, operating results or cash
                        flows.



                                                                            F-48






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

15.  GOVERNMENT         The regulation of IP telephony is still evolving. To the
     REGULATIONS        Company's,  knowledge,  there  currently are no domestic
     (CON'T)            laws or  regulations  that govern  voice  communications
                        over  the  Internet.  The FCC is  currently  considering
                        whether to impose  surcharges or  additional  regulation
                        upon  providers of IP  telephony.  In addition,  several
                        efforts have been made to enact U.S. federal legislation
                        that would  either  regulate or exempt  from  regulation
                        services  provided  over  the  Internet.   State  public
                        utility   commissions   also   may   retain   intrastate
                        jurisdiction and could initiate  proceedings to regulate
                        the  intrastate  aspects  of IP  telephony.  A number of
                        countries   currently   prohibit  IP  telephony.   Other
                        countries  permit but regulate IP telephony.  If foreign
                        governments,   Congress,   the  FCC,  or  state  utility
                        commissions  prohibit  or  regulate  IP  telephony,  the
                        Company could be subject to a variety of new regulations
                        or, in certain circumstances, to penalties under foreign
                        or U.S. law,  including  without  limitation,  orders to
                        cease operations or to limit future operations,  loss of
                        licenses or of license opportunities,  fines, seizure of
                        equipment   and,  in  certain   foreign   jurisdictions,
                        criminal prosecution.                                   
                        
16.  FOURTH             The Company  recorded in the fourth  quarter of the year
     QUARTER            ended March 31,  1998  certain  adjustments  relative to
     ADJUSTMENTS -      warrants issued in connection  with debt,  proxy related
     MARCH 31, 1998     litigation  settlement  costs and taxes  amounting to an
                        aggregate of $5.5 million  which are  discussed in Notes
                        8, 11 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements.  

17.  SUBSEQUENT         FINANCINGS
     EVENTS

                        SERIES D CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

                        In January 1999,  the Company issued 30 shares of Series
                        D  Cumulative  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  ("Series D
                        Preferred")  to  a  private  investment  firm  for  $3.0
                        million. The holder has agreed to purchase 20 additional
                        shares of Series D Preferred stock for $2.0 million upon
                        registration of the common stock issuable upon

                                                                            F-49






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

17.  SUBSEQUENT         conversion of this preferred  stock.  In connection with
     EVENTS (CON'T)     this   transaction,   the  Company  issued  warrants  to
                        purchase 112,500 shares of common stock with an exercise
                        price of $0.01 per share and warrants to purchase 60,000
                        shares of common  stock with an exercise  price of $1.60
                        per share. The Company will issue additional warrants to
                        purchase 75,000 shares of common stock, with an exercise
                        price of $0.01 per share and warrants to purchase 40,000
                        shares of common  stock with an exercise  price of $1.60
                        per share upon the issuance of the 20 additional  shares
                        of Series D  Preferred  stock.  The  Series D  Preferred
                        stock  carries  an  annual   dividend  of  8%,   payable
                        quarterly  beginning  December 31,  1999.  The shares of
                        Series  D  Preferred  stock  are  convertible,   at  the
                        holder's  option,  into shares of the  Company's  common
                        stock  any time  after  April 13,  1999 at a  conversion
                        price  equal to the  lesser  of $1.60 or, in the case of
                        the Company's  failure to achieve  positive EBITDA or to
                        close a $20 million public  offering by the third fiscal
                        quarter  of 1999,  the  market  price  just prior to the
                        conversion  date. The shares of Series D Preferred stock
                        will  automatically  convert  into common stock upon the
                        earliest of (i) the first date on which the market price
                        of the  common  stock is $5.00 or more per share for any
                        20 consecutive  trading days, (ii) the date on which 80%
                        or  more  of the  Series  D  Preferred  stock  has  been
                        converted  into  common  stock,  or  (iii)  the date the
                        Company closes a public offering of equity securities at
                        a price of at least $3.00 per share with gross  proceeds
                        of at least $20 million.                                

                        As additional consideration, the Company agreed to issue
                        to  the  investor  for  no   additional   consideration,
                        additional  warrants to purchase the number of shares of
                        common stock equal to $0.3 million  (based on the market
                        price of the common  stock on the last trading day prior
                        to June 1, 1999 or July 1, 2000, as the case may be), or
                        pay $0.3  million in cash,  if the Company  does not (i)
                        consummate  a specified  merger  transaction  by May 30,
                        1999, or (ii) achieve,  in the fiscal quarter commencing
                        July 1,  2000,  an  aggregate  amount of gross  revenues
                        equal to or in excess of 200% of the aggregate amount of
                        gross  revenues  achieved  by the  Company in the fiscal
                        quarter ended December 31, 1998.

                        The shares of Series D Preferred  stock must be redeemed
                        if it ceases to be  convertible  (which  would happen if
                        the  number  of shares of  common  stock  issuable  upon
                        conversion  of the  Series D  Preferred  stock  exceeded
                        19.9%  of  the   number  of   shares  of  common   stock
                        outstanding  when  the  Series  D  Preferred  stock  was
                        issued,   less  shares   reserved  for  issuance   under
                        warrants). Redemption is in cash at a price equal to the
                        liquidation  preference of the Series D Preferred  stock
                        at the holder's  option or the Company's  option 45 days
                        after  the  Series  D  Preferred   stock  ceases  to  be
                        convertible.   If  the  Company   receives   stockholder
                        approval to increase the number of shares  issuable,  it
                        will  issue  the  full  amount  of  common   stock  upon
                        conversion  of the Series D Preferred  stock even if the
                        number of shares exceeds the 19.9% maximum number.

                                                                            F-50






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

17.  SUBSEQUENT         SERIES E CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED 
     EVENTS             STOCK
     (CON'T)                                             
                        In February 1999, the Company issued 50 shares of Series
                        E  Cumulative  Convertible  Redeemable  Preferred  stock
                        ("Series E  Preferred")  to an affiliate  of Mr.  Ronald
                        Jensen,  the  Company's  largest  stockholder,  for $5.0
                        million.  The  Series  E  Preferred  carries  an  annual
                        dividend of 8%, payable quarterly beginning December 31,
                        2000. As additional consideration, the Company agreed to
                        issue to the holder  three  year  warrants  to  purchase
                        723,000  shares of common  stock at $2.125 per share and
                        277,000 shares of common stock at $0.01 per share.      
                        
                        The  Series E  Preferred  holder  may  elect to make the
                        shares  of Series E  Preferred  stock  convertible  into
                        shares of common stock (rather than  redeemable)  at any
                        time after  issuance.  The Company may elect to make the
                        shares of Series E Preferred stock are convertible,  but
                        only if (i) it has  positive  EBITDA for at least one of
                        the  first  three  fiscal   quarters  of  1999  or  (ii)
                        completes a public  offering of equity  securities for a
                        price  of at  least  $3.00  per  share  and  with  gross
                        proceeds  to the  Company of at least $20  million on or
                        before the end of the third fiscal  quarter of 1999. The
                        shares of Series E Preferred stock will automatically be
                        converted into shares of the Company's  common stock, on
                        the  earliest to occur of (x) the first date as of which
                        the last reported  sales price of the  Company's  common
                        stock on Nasdaq is $5.00 or more for any 20  consecutive
                        trading  days  during  any  period in which the Series E
                        Preferred stock is outstanding, (y) the date that 80% or
                        more of the Series E Preferred  stock has been converted
                        into common stock, or (z) the Company completes a public
                        offering  of  equity  securities  at a price of at least
                        $3.00 per share and with gross  proceeds  to the Company
                        of at least $20 million.  The initial  conversion  price
                        for the Series E Preferred  stock is $2.125,  subject to
                        adjustment  if the Company  issues common stock for less
                        than the  conversion  price.  The shares of the Series E
                        Preferred  stock may be redeemed at a price equal to the
                        liquidation preference plus accrued dividends in cash or
                        in  common  stock,  at the  Company's  option  or at the
                        option of any holder,  provided  that the holder has not
                        previously    exercised   the   convertibility    option
                        described,   at  any  time  after  February,   2004.  In
                        connection  with a debt  placement  concluded  in  April
                        1999, the Series E Preferred holder elected to make such
                        shares  convertible.  Accordingly,  such  shares  are no
                        longer   redeemable.   See   Note   18  for   additional
                        discussion.

                        Contemporaneous with this financing,  the Company agreed
                        to issue  3,000,000  shares of common  stock in exchange
                        for the 75  shares of  Series C  Preferred  (convertible
                        into  1,875,000  shares of common  stock on the exchange
                        date)  held  by Mr.  Jensen.  The  market  value  of the
                        1,125,000 incremental shares of common stock issued will
                        be recorded in the first  calendar  quarter of 1999 as a
                        preferred stock dividend of  approximately  $2.7 million
                        with a corresponding credit to paid-in capital.

                                                                            F-51






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

17.  SUBSEQUENT         STOCKHOLDER EQUITY FINANCING                            
     EVENTS (CON'T)         
                        In January 1999, the Company  borrowed $0.2 million from
                        an existing  stockholder  due February 4, 1999. The note
                        had a maturity  date of the  earlier of (a) 30 days from
                        the  date  the  note  was  signed,   (b)  completion  of
                        financing by the Company of not less than $3.0  million,
                        or (c) the  completion  of the bridge  financing  by the
                        Company of not less than $1.0 million.  The note carried
                        a  service  fee of 1% of the  principal.  The  agreement
                        provided that if the note was not paid at maturity,  the
                        holder would  receive  40,000  warrants with an exercise
                        price  of  $1.00  and a term of 5  years.  The  note was
                        junior to all  existing  debt.  In March 1999  (maturity
                        date), the stockholder agreed to convert the bridge loan
                        into 125,000  shares of common stock and was granted the
                        40,000  warrants  and  an  additional  40,000  warrants,
                        exercisable  at $1.60 per share  with a term of 5 years.
                        The  value  of the  warrants  of $0.09  million  will be
                        recognized  as interest  expense in the first quarter of
                        fiscal 1999.

                        ACQUISITIONS

                        As described in paragraph  (2) to Note 3,  subsequent to
                        December 31, 1998, the Company  decided to pay the first
                        of the Convertible  Subordinated Promissory Notes due to
                        IDX in common stock.

                        In February 1999, the Company  completed the acquisition
                        of Telekey,  Inc.  ("Telekey"),  for which it paid:  (i)
                        $0.1 million at closing;  (ii) issued a promissory  note
                        for $0.2 million  payable in equal monthly  installments
                        over one year; (iii) issued 1,010,000 shares of Series F
                        Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series F Preferred");  and
                        (iv)  agreed  to  issue at  least  505,000  and up to an
                        additional  1,010,000  shares of Series F Preferred  two
                        years  from the  date of  closing  (or upon a change  of
                        control  or  certain  events of  default  if they  occur
                        before the end of two years), subject to Telekey meeting
                        certain revenue and EBITDA objectives.

                        The shares of Series F Preferred  initially  issued will
                        automatically convert into shares of common stock on the
                        earlier  to occur of (a) the first  date that the 15 day
                        average closing sales price of the common stock is equal
                        to or  greater  than  $4.00  or (b)  July 1,  2001.  The
                        Company  has  guaranteed  a price of $4.00  per share at
                        December  31,  1999 to  recipients  of the common  stock
                        issuable upon the  conversion of the Series F Preferred,
                        subject to  Telekey's  achievement  of  certain  defined
                        revenue and EBITDA  objectives.  If the market  price is
                        less that $4.00

                                                                            F-52






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

17.    SUBSEQUENT       on December 31, 1999, the Company will issue  additional
       EVENTS (CON'T)   shares of common stock upon  conversion  of the Series F
                        Preferred  based on the  ratio  of  $4.00 to the  market
                        price,  but  not  more  than  an  aggregate  of  600,000
                        additional   shares  of  common  stock.   The  Series  F
                        Preferred carries no dividend obligation.               
                        
                        POTENTIAL JOINT VENTURE

                        The  Company is in the  process of  negotiating  a joint
                        venture   arrangement   whereby  it  would  have  a  50%
                        ownership   interest  of  certain  software   technology
                        related   to   commercial   development   of   messaging
                        technology.  The  software  developer's  current  parent
                        company would retain a 50% ownership  interest under the
                        proposed    arrangement.    If   this   transaction   is
                        consummated,  the Company will assume its pro rata share
                        of the software  development  funding  needs for working
                        capital  and  payment of  outstanding  liabilities.  The
                        Company's   funding   requirement  under  this  proposed
                        arrangement  is  currently  estimated  to  average  $0.2
                        million per month  through the year ending  December 31,
                        1999.

                        As of  December  31,  1998,  the  Company  had  advanced
                        approximately  $1.0  million to this  software  company.
                        Through March 19, 1999, the Company has made  additional
                        advances   of  $0.5   million.   The   Company   owns  a
                        non-exclusive  license for the technology,  the value of
                        which is currently estimated by management to exceed the
                        advances made to date.

                        In the event that the joint venture transaction does not
                        occur  and the  Company  is  unable  to use or sell  the
                        licensed  technology to generate  revenues,  the Company
                        will evaluate the recoverability of these advances.

18.  FINANCING          In  April  1999,   the  Company   received  a  financing
     COMMITMENT         commitment  of $20.0  million  in the form of  long-term
                        debt  from  an  affiliate  of  its  largest  stockholder
                        ("Lender").  This  financing  is subject to  stockholder
                        approval;  but  under  the  terms  of the  Loan and Note
                        Purchase Agreement ("Agreement"),  the Company initially
                        received an  unsecured  loan  ("Loan")  of $7.0  million
                        bearing  interest at 8% payable  monthly with  principal
                        due April 2000. As additional consideration,  the Lender
                        received  warrants to purchase  1,500,000  shares of the
                        Company's common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per
                        share,   of  which  500,000   warrants  are  immediately
                        exercisable and 1,000,000  warrants are exercisable only
                        in the event that the  stockholders  do not  approve the
                        $20.0 million facility or the Company elects not to draw
                        it down.                                                
                                                                                
                                                                            F-53


                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        Under the Agreement,  the Lender also agreed to purchase
                        $20.0  million of 5%  Secured  Notes  ("Notes,")  at the
                        Company's  request,  provided  that the Company  obtains
                        stockholder  approval  to  issue  the  Notes at its next
                        stockholder  meeting,  currently planned to occur during
                        the second quarter of 1999. If  stockholder  approval is
                        obtained and the Company elects to issue the Notes,  the
                        initial  $7.0  million  Loan  must be  repaid  from  the
                        proceeds.  Principal  and  interest  on  the  Notes  are
                        payable  over  three  years in monthly  installments  of
                        $377,000  with a  balloon  payment  of  the  outstanding
                        balance due on the third anniversary date. However,  the
                        Company  may  elect  to pay  up to  50% of the  original
                        principal amount of the Notes in shares of the Company's
                        common stock,  at its option,  if: (i) the closing price
                        of the  Company's  common  stock is $8.00  per share for
                        more than 15 consecutive  trading days; (ii) the Company
                        completes a public  offering of equity  securities  at a
                        price of at least  $5.00 per share and with  proceeds of
                        at least $30.0 million;  or (iii) the Company  completes
                        an offering  of  securities  with  proceeds in excess of
                        $100.0 million.  These Notes, if issued, will be secured
                        by substantially all of the Company's existing operating
                        assets,   although   the  Company  can  pursue   certain
                        additional  financing,  including  senior  debt or lease
                        financing for future  capital  expenditures  and working
                        capital requirements in furtherance of its growth plan.

                        As additional  consideration  for the Notes,  if issued,
                        the Lender will receive  warrants to purchase  5,000,000
                        shares  of the  Company's  common  stock at an  exercise
                        price of $1.00 per share.

                        The  Agreement   contains  certain  debt  covenants  and
                        restrictions by and on the Company.

                                                                            F-54






                                                        EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                                                             D/B/A/ EGLOBE, INC.
                                 SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS




                                                            BALANCE AT          CHARGED TO                                BALANCE
                                                             BEGINNING            COST AND                              AT END OF
DESCRIPTION                                                  OF PERIOD            EXPENSES         DEDUCTIONS              PERIOD
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                     

NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998                           $1,472,197          $  789,187          $1,274,887          $  986,497

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1998                                     $  372,988          $1,433,939          $  334,730          $1,472,197

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1997                                     $  625,864          $  404,410          $  657,286          $  372,988

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
















                                                                            F-55






ITEM 9 -  CHANGES  IN AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

None.



                                       54




                            EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                               D/B/A EGLOBE, INC.
                                    PART III
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


ITEM 10 - DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Shown  below are the  names of all  Directors  and  executive  officers  of
eGlobe,  all positions  and offices held by each such person,  the period during
which  each  person  has  served  as such,  and the  principal  occupations  and
employment of each such person during the last five years:


DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     CHRISTOPHER  J. VIZAS,  age 49, has been a Director of eGlobe since October
25, 1997 and the Chairman of the Board of Directors since November 10, 1997. Mr.
Vizas served as eGlobe's acting Chief  Executive  Officer from November 10, 1997
to December 5, 1997, on which date he became eGlobe's Chief  Executive  Officer.
Before  joining  eGlobe,  Mr. Vizas was a co-founder of, and since October 1995,
has served as Chief Executive Officer of Quo Vadis International,  an investment
and financial  advisory  firm.  Before forming Quo Vadis  International,  he was
Chief Executive Officer of Millennium  Capital  Development,  a merchant banking
firm,  and of its  predecessor  Kouri  Telecommunications  & Technology.  Before
joining Kouri,  Mr. Vizas shared in the founding and  development of a series of
technology  companies,  including Orion Network Systems,  Inc. of which he was a
founder and a principal executive.  From April 1987 to 1992, Mr. Vizas served as
Vice Chairman of Orion, an international a satellite communications company, and
served as a  Director  from 1982 until  1992.  Mr.  Vizas has also held  various
positions in the United States government.

     EDWARD J.  GERRITY,  JR.,  age 75, has been a Director of eGlobe  since our
inception.  He  is  a  business  consultant  and  President  of  Ned  Gerrity  &
Associates,  a consulting  firm,  begun in 1985.  Mr. Gerrity has also served as
Chairman  of our Board of  Directors.  Mr.  Gerrity  served as an officer of ITT
Corp.  from 1961 to 1985.  While at ITT Corp., he was a member of the Management
Policy Committee,  Director of Corporate and Government Relations on a worldwide
basis and a Director  of several  ITT Corp.  subsidiaries.  He retired  from ITT
Corp.  in February  1985.  Mr.  Gerrity was the  President of American  National
Collection  Corp.,  a New  York  corporation,  from  1993 to  1995  and he was a
director of Residual  Corporation  from 1987 until  October  1994.  See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions" below.

     ANTHONY  BALINGER,  age 45, has been a Director  of eGlobe  since March 15,
1995. He served as eGlobe's  President  from April 25, 1995 to November 10, 1997
and also served as eGlobe's  Chief  Executive  Officer  from  January 3, 1997 to
November 10, 1997. On November 10, 1997, he was appointed  Senior Vice President
and Vice  Chairman of eGlobe.  Mr.  Balinger  has held a variety of positions at
eGlobe since his arrival in September 1993,  including  Chief Operating  Officer
and  Director of eGlobe's  Asia-Pacific  Operations.  Mr.  Balinger  started his
career in 1971 with British  Telecom as a digital  systems design  engineer.  In
1983, he joined the Cable and Wireless Federation,  an international alliance of
companies  that  provide  telephone,  cable and wireless  operations  in over 50
countries,  where he  performed  much of the early  design  work for the Mercury
Communications  Optical Fiber National  Digital  Network.  In 1989, Mr. Balinger
moved to New York where he headed the Banking and Finance division for Cable and
Wireless  Americas,  Inc. from 1989 to 1992.  In 1992,  while still at Cable and
Wireless,  Mr.  Balinger was appointed  International  Product Manager for Optus
Communications, where he remained until he joined the Company. Mr. Balinger is a
Director and 45%  stockholder  of Executive Card Services HK Ltd. which provides
printing services to an affiliate of eGlobe in Hong Kong.

                                       55




     DAVID W. WARNES, age 52, has been a Director of eGlobe since June 30, 1995.
Mr.   Warnes   has  been  the  Chief   Operating   Officer   of   Global   Light
Telecommunications  Inc. since September 1997 and a Director since June 1997. He
has been the President and Chief Executive  Officer of Vitacom,  a subsidiary of
Highpoint,  since December 1995, and President and CEO of Highpoint  since April
1998.  Previously,  Mr.  Warnes held various  senior  management  and  executive
positions with Cable and Wireless or its  affiliated  companies for two decades.
From October 1992 through  October 1995, he was Vice  President,  Operations and
Chief  Operating  Officer,  and from August 1994 through  October  1995,  he was
Assistant Managing Director of Tele 2, a telecommunications  service provider in
Sweden  partially owned Cable and Wireless.  From August 1988 through June 1992,
he was a principal consultant and General Manager,  Business Development of IDC,
an  international   telecommunications  service  provider  based  in  Japan  and
partially  owned by Cable and Wireless.  Mr. Warnes is a Chartered  Engineer,  a
Fellow  of the  Institution  of  Electrical  Engineers,  and a  graduate  of the
University of East London.

     RICHARD A.  KRINSLEY,  age 68, has been a Director of eGlobe since June 30,
1995. Mr. Krinsley retired in 1991 as the Executive Vice President and Publisher
of Scholastic  Corporation;  a publicly held company  traded on the Nasdaq Stock
Market. He is presently, and has been since 1991, a member of Scholastic's Board
of Directors.  While employed by Scholastic between 1983 and 1991, Mr. Krinsley,
among many other duties,  served on that company's  management  committee.  From
1961 to 1983,  Mr.  Krinsley was  employed by Random House where he held,  among
other  positions,  the post of Executive Vice  President.  At Random House,  Mr.
Krinsley also served on that company's executive committee.

     JAMES O. HOWARD,  age 56, has been a Director of eGlobe  since  January 16,
1998.  Since 1990,  Mr. Howard has served as the Chief  Financial  Officer and a
member of the management committee of Benton International, Inc., a wholly owned
subsidiary  of Perot  Systems  Corporation.  From 1981 to 1990,  Mr.  Howard was
employed by Benton  International,  Inc.  as a  consultant  and sector  manager.
Before  joining  Benton  International,  Inc., Mr. Howard held a number of legal
positions in the federal  government,  including General Counsel of the National
Commission on Electronic Fund Transfers.

     MARTIN  SAMUELS,  age 55, has been a Director of eGlobe  since  October 25,
1997.  Mr.  Samuels  is  an   entrepreneur,   strategic   business  planner  and
professional investor with over twenty years of experience. Mr. Samuels' current
project is Y2K  Strategies  Corp.  ("YSC"),  a liaison  company that Mr. Samuels
co-founded  in 1997.  Mr.  Samuels is a  principal,  director  and  senior  vice
president  of YSC. Mr.  Samuels'  responsibilities  at YSC include  identifying,
negotiating  with and  contracting  with the Year  2000  service  providers  and
systems integrators that YSC assists with their marketing,  proposal development
and ongoing business  relationship  management.  YSC also works with significant
public  and  private  sector  institutions  in  identifying,   coordinating  and
fulfilling their Year 2000 remediation requirements.

     DONALD H. SLEDGE,  age 58 has been a Director of eGlobe since  November 10,
1997.  Mr. Sledge has served as vice  chairman,  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer of TeleHub Communications Corp., a privately held technology development
company,  since 1996. Mr. Sledge served as President and Chief Operating Officer
of West Coast  Telecommunications,  Inc., a long distance company,  from 1994 to
1995.  From 1993 to 1994, Mr. Sledge was employed by New T&T,


                                       56




a Hong Kong-based  company,  as head of operations.  Mr. Sledge was Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of Telecom New Zealand  International  from 1991 to 1993
and the Managing Director of Telecom New Zealand  International's  largest local
carrier  from 1988 to 1991.  Mr.  Sledge is  currently  Chairman of the Board of
United Digital Network, a small interexchange carrier that operates primarily in
Texas, Oklahoma,  Arizona and California. Mr. Sledge is a member of the Board of
Advisors of DataProse and serves as a director of AirCell  Communications,  Inc.
He also serves as advisor  and board  member to several  small  technology-based
start-up companies.

     JOHN E. KOONCE, age 56, has been a Director of eGlobe since March 27, 1998.
In April 1998,  Mr.  Koonce was also engaged to serve as a financial  advisor to
eGlobe and  effective  September 1, 1998 became the  Company's  Chief  Financial
Officer.  Mr.  Koonce  served as Chief  Financial  Officer of Orion from 1990 to
1993. During 1981-89, Mr. Koonce was employed by Biotech Capital Corporation and
its  successor,  Infotechnology,  Inc. where he served in the positions of Chief
Financial Officer and President.  During this time, he also served on the boards
of several public and private companies.  Before 1981, Mr. Koonce worked for the
accounting firm Price Waterhouse at various domestic and foreign offices.

     HSIN YEN, age 40, has been a Director of eGlobe since December 2, 1998. Mr.
Yen is the  President  and a  founder  of IDX  and  has  served  as the  primary
architect of its growth.  Before  founding  IDX, he served as founder and CEO of
InteliSys,  Inc.,  the  predecessor  of IDX. Mr. Yen has had a 15-year career in
management  information  systems,  including  complex  Internet/intranet  global
network development.

     RICHARD  CHIANG,  age 43, has been a Director of eGlobe  since  December 2,
1998.  Mr. Chiang has been the Chairman and  President of Princeton  Technology,
Corp.  since 1986 and Chairman since 1996. He has been on the Board of Directors
of Taitron  Companies,  Inc. and Buslogic,  Inc. since 1989 and Alliance Venture
Capital Corp since 1996.  Mr. Chiang  served as Chairman for IDX  International,
Inc.  from 1997 to 1998.  Mr.  Chiang  currently  sits on the  Board of  Proware
Technology,  Corp.  which is a RAID  subsystem  business  and as a  Chairman  at
Advanced  Communication  Devices,  Corp.  whose  primary  business is Networking
Switch Controller Chips. He has served with these two companies since 1996.

     ALLEN  MANDEL,  age 60,  was  named  Senior  Vice  President  in 1991 and a
Director of eGlobe in 1990. He resigned from the Board of Directors on March 29,
1995 and as Senior Vice President on August 18, 1995 in connection with the then
ongoing proxy contest. Mr. Mandel was engaged to serve as a consultant to eGlobe
concerning  accounting and financial  matters on August 18, 1995 and was renamed
an  officer of eGlobe on  September  27,  1995,  when he became  Executive  Vice
President - Finance and  Administration  and Chief Financial  Officer,  in which
posts he served until December 1997. Mr. Mandel  currently serves as Senior Vice
President,  Corporate  Affairs  of  eGlobe.  Mr.  Mandel is a  Certified  Public
Accountant. He was an officer of Residual Corporation from 1991 to March 1995.

     COLIN SMITH,  age 55, was named Vice President of Legal Affairs and General
Counsel of eGlobe on February 1, 1998. From 1972 to February 1998, Mr. Smith was
a professor of law at the New England  School of Law. Mr. Smith's areas of legal
expertise  include  business  organizations,  dispute  resolution  and  practice
management. In addition to his teaching, Mr. Smith also ran a private consulting
practice that specialized in issues of corporate  governance and entrepreneurial
ventures.


                                       57




     ANNE HAAS, age 48, was appointed Vice  President,  Controller and Treasurer
of eGlobe on October 21, 1997.  Ms. Haas served as the Vice President of Finance
of Centennial  Communications  Corp.,  a start-up  multi-national  two way radio
company,  during  1996-97.  From 1992 to 1996,  Ms. Haas served as Controller of
Quark, Inc., a multi-national desk top publishing software company. Before 1992,
Ms.  Haas  worked  for the  accounting  firm of Price  Waterhouse  in San  Jose,
California and Denver, Colorado.

     Directors  are  elected  annually  and hold  office  until the next  annual
meeting of  stockholders  and until their  successors are elected and qualified.
Executive  Officers  serve at the pleasure of the Board or until the next annual
meeting of  stockholders.  There are no family  relationships  between  eGlobe's
Directors and Executive Officers.


SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

     Section  16(a) of the  Exchange Act  requires  our  executive  officers and
directors,  and  persons  who own more than ten  percent of the common  stock of
eGlobe,  to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership  with the SEC and
the exchange on which the common stock is listed for trading.  Those persons are
required by  regulations  promulgated  under the Exchange Act to furnish us with
copies of all reports  filed  pursuant to Section  16(a).  Based solely upon our
review of the copies of such reports  furnished to eGlobe by our  directors  and
officers  during and with respect to the nine month  period  ended  December 31,
1998; we noted that, Hsin Yen and Richard Chiang did not file their Form 3s on a
timely  basis.  Since  Messrs.  Yen and  Chiang  became  directors  of eGlobe in
connection with the acquisition of IDX International  they have neither acquired
nor disposed of any securities of eGlobe. We believe that all other reports were
submitted on a timely basis.

ITEM 11 - EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The following table  summarizes the  compensation for the three most recent
fiscal periods ended December 31, 1998, March 31, 1998 and March 31, 1997 of our
Chief Executive Officer and the most highly compensated other executive officers
whose total annual salary and bonus exceed $100,000.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


                                                                                                   Long-Term Compensation Awards
Name and Principal Position      Year      Salary ($)     Bonus ($)        Other Annual      Restricted        Securities Underlying
                                                                          Compensation ($)    Stock Awards        Options/SARs (#)
                                                                                              ($)
                                                                                                             
Christopher J. Vizas              *1998       153,847              0                     0                0               110,000
CEO (1)
                                   1998        62,308              0                     0                0               520,000
                                   1997             0              0                     0                0                     0

W. P. Colin Smith                 *1998        91,539         25,000                     0                0                25,000
Vice President
Legal Affairs (2)
                                   1998        11,538              0                     0                0               100,000
                                   1997             0              0                     0                0                     0

Anthony Balinger                  *1998       103,846              0                 9,600                0                45,000
Senior  Vice   President and
Vice Chairman (4)
                                   1998       150,000              0                     0            7,875                84,310
                                   1997       109,612          8,000                28,500                0                50,000


*    Nine month period ended December 31, 1998

(1)  Mr. Vizas has served as our Chief Executive Officer since December 5, 1997.
     From November 10, 1997 to December 5, 1997,  Mr. Vizas served as our acting
     Chief Executive  Officer.  Mr. Vizas' employment  agreement  provides for a
     base salary of  $200,000,  performance  based  bonuses of up to 50% of base
     salary and  options to purchase  up to 500,000  shares,  subject to various
     performance  criteria.   See  "Employment  Agreements  and  Termination  of
     Employment and Change in Control Arrangements."

(2)  Mr. Smith has served as our Vice  President of Legal Affairs since February
     1, 1998. Mr.  Smith's  employment  agreement  provides for a base salary of
     $135,000,  performance  based bonuses of up $50,000 and options to purchase
     up  to  100,000  shares,  subject  to  various  performance  criteria.  See
     "Employment  Agreements and Termination of Employment and Change in Control
     Arrangements."

(3)  Mr.  Balinger  served as our President  from April 1995 until  November 10,
     1997. Mr. Balinger  served as Chief Executive  Officer from January 3, 1997
     through  November  10,  1997.  Mr.  Balinger  has served as our Senior Vice
     President and Vice Chairman since November 6, 1997.  Amounts shown as Other
     Annual  Compensation  consist of an annual  housing  allowance  paid to Mr.
     Balinger while he resided in the United States and while he resides in Hong
     Kong. See "Employment Agreement and Termination of Employment and Change of
     Control Agreements."



                                       58




OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL PERIOD

     The following table sets forth the information concerning individual grants
of stock options and stock appreciation  rights ("SARs") during the last periods
to each of the named Executive Officers during such periods.

                    OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL PERIODS
                                INDIVIDUAL GRANTS



Name                            Number of            Percent of Total       Exercise or    Expiration     Potential Realizable Value
                                Securities           Options/SARs Granted   Base Price     Date           at Assumed Annual Rates of
                                Underlying           to Employees in        ($/share)                     Stock Price Appreciation
                                Options/SARs         Fiscal Period (2)                                    for Option Term
                                Granted (#) (1)                                                             5%            10%
                                                                                                      
Christopher J. Vizas                  10,000                  1.06%          $3.18        04/01/03        $8,808       $19,463
                                     100,000                 10.55%          $1.57        12/27/03         $   0         $   0

W. P. Colin Smith                     25,000                  2.64%          $1.57        12/27/03         $   0         $   0

Anthony Balinger                      10,000                  1.06%          $3.18        04/01/03        $8,808       $19,463
                                      10,000                  1.06%          $3.68        04/16/03       $10,269       $22,596
                                      25,000                  2.64%          $1.57        12/27/03         $   0         $   0



(1)  All of the options and related  SARs granted in the nine month period ended
     December 31, 1998 to the named Executive Officers have a five year term.

(2)  A total of 947,500  options were granted to employees of the Company in the
     nine month period  ended  December 31, 1998 under  eGlobe's  1995  Employee
     Stock  Option and  Appreciation  Rights Plan (the  "Employee  Stock  Option
     Plan").




AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL PERIOD
AND FISCAL PERIOD-END OPTION/SAR VALUES

     The  following  table sets forth  information  concerning  each exercise of
stock  options  during  the last  fiscal  period by each of the named  Executive
Officers  during  such  fiscal  period  and  the  fiscal  period  end  value  of
unexercised options.



                                       59






          Name              Shares Acquired      Value        Number of Securities Underlying           Value of Unexercised
                            on Exercise (#)   Realized ($)   Unexercised Options/SARs at Fiscal     In-the-Money Options at Fiscal
                                                                     Period-End (#) (1)                Period-End ($)/SARS (2)
                                                              Unexercisable       Exercisable     Unexercisable         Exercisable

                                                                                                              
     Christopher J. Vizas          0               0             110,000                 -         $ (10,050)                $ -
        W. P. Colin Smith          0               0              25,000                 -         $   1,375                 $ -
         Anthony Balinger          0               0              45,000                 -         $ (34,725)                $ -



(1)  Represents  the  aggregate  number of stock options held as of December 31,
     1998,  including  those  which can and  those  which  cannot  be  exercised
     pursuant to the terms and  provisions  of  eGlobe's  current  stock  option
     plans.

(2)  Values were calculated by multiplying the closing  transaction price of the
     common stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market on December 31, 1998
     of  $1.625  by  the  respective  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  and
     subtracting  the exercise  price per share,  without any adjustment for any
     termination or vesting contingencies.


COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     Effective  November 10, 1997,  and  contingent  upon eGlobe  experiencing a
fiscal quarter of  profitability,  members of the Board receive a Director's fee
of $500 for each regular meeting and committee meeting  attended.  Our directors
are also reimbursed for expenses incurred in connection with attendance at Board
meetings.

     During the fiscal  periods ended 1995,  1996 and 1997,  under eGlobe's 1995
Directors Stock Option and Appreciation Rights Plan (as amended,  the "Directors
Stock Option  Plan"),  which then provided for  automatic  annual  grants,  each
Director  received an annual grant of ten year options to purchase 10,000 shares
at an exercise  price equal to the fair market  value of our common stock on the
date of grant. Commencing with the amendments to the Directors Stock Option Plan
which were  approved  by our  stockholders  at the 1997 annual  meeting  held on
February 26, 1998,  options to Directors  may be made at the  discretion  of the
Board of Directors or Compensation Committee and there are no automatic grants.

     Effective  November 10, 1997,  each  Director who continued to serve on the
Board  after  subsequent   stockholder  meetings  (other  than  members  of  the
Compensation Committee) was granted two options under the Directors Stock Option
Plan,  each to purchase  10,000  shares of common  stock with each option  being
effective  for  five  years  terms   commencing  on  April  1,  1998  and  1999,
respectively, with each such option vesting only upon the achievement of certain
corporate  economic



                                       60




and  financial  goals to be set by the Board and  having an  exercise  price per
share  equal to the  market  price per share at the close of trading on the date
they become effective.

     On June 18, 1998 Mr. Sledge and Mr. Warnes were granted options to purchase
15,000 shares of common stock at $2.719 per share,  the fair market value on the
date of the  grant,  which  vested  on the date of grant  and has a term of five
years. On December 16, 1998, each of Messrs. Gerrity, Warnes, Krinsley,  Sledge,
Samuels and Howard  received an option to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock
at $1.813  per share,  the fair  market  value on the date of the  grant,  which
vested on the grant date and has a term of five  years.  On December  27,  1998,
options to purchase  10,000 shares of common stock that were granted on November
10, 1997 to each of Messrs. Gerrity,  Warnes, Krinsley,  Balinger,  Samuels, and
Sledge  expired.  On December 31,  1998,  options to purchase  10,000  shares of
common  stock that were  granted  on April 1, 1998 to each of  Messrs.  Gerrity,
Warnes, Krinsley, Sledge, Samuels and Howard expired. Both groups of the expired
options,  noted above,  vested only upon the  achievement  of certain  corporate
economic and financial goals which were not achieved.

     On April 16,  1998,  Mr.  Balinger  was  granted  options  to  purchase  an
aggregate  of 10,000  shares of common  stock.  Such options have a term of five
years and vest in three equal annual installments,  beginning on April 16, 1999,
at an exercise price per share equal to $3.68, the fair market value on the date
of  the  grant.  These  options  vest  only  upon  the  achievement  of  certain
performance goals to be set by the Chief Executive Officer.

     On December 27, 1998,  Mr. Vizas was granted  bonus  options to purchase an
aggregate  of 50,000  shares of common  stock.  Such options have a term of five
years and vest in ninety  days from the grant  date,  at an  exercise  price per
share  equal to  $1.57,  the fair  market  value  on the date of the  grant.  In
addition,  Mr.  Vizas was granted  options on  December  27, 1998 to purchase an
aggregate of 50,000  shares of common stock at $1.57 per share,  the fair market
value on the date of the grant.  Such options have a term of five years and vest
in three equal  annual  installments,  beginning  on December  27,  1999.  These
options vest only upon the achievement of certain performance goals to be set by
the Board.  On December 5, 1998  options to  purchase  100,000  shares of common
stock that were granted on December 5, 1997 to Mr. Vizas expired.  These options
vested only upon the  achievement  of certain  performance  goals which were not
achieved.

     On December 27, 1998, Mr. Balinger was granted bonus options to purchase an
aggregate  of 10,000  shares of common  stock.  Such options have a term of five
years and vest in ninety  days from the grant  date,  at an  exercise  price per
share  equal to  $1.57,  the fair  market  value  on the date of the  grant.  In
addition,  Mr.  Balinger was granted options on December 27, 1998 to purchase an
aggregate of 15,000  shares of common stock at $1.57 per share,  the fair market
value on the date of the grant.  Such options have a term of five years and vest
in three equal  annual  installments,  beginning  on December  27,  1999.  These
options vest only upon the achievement of certain performance goals to be set by
the Chief Executive Officer.


EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENTS  AND  TERMINATION  OF  EMPLOYMENT  AND  CHANGE IN CONTROL
ARRANGEMENTS

Effective  December 5, 1997, we entered into a three year  employment  agreement
with Christopher J. Vizas, our Chief Executive  Officer.  Mr. Vizas'  employment
agreement provides for a minimum salary of $200,000 per annum,  reimbursement of
certain expenses,  annual bonuses based on financial



                                       61




performance  targets to be adopted  by eGlobe  and Mr.  Vizas,  and the grant of
options to purchase an aggregate of 500,000 shares of common stock.  The options
granted to Mr.  Vizas  pursuant to his  employment  agreement  are  comprised of
options to purchase  50,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.32
which vested upon their grant, options to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock
at an exercise price of $2.32 which vested on December 5, 1998  (contingent upon
Mr.  Vizas'  continued  employment  as of such date),  options to purchase up to
100,000  shares of common  stock at an exercise  price of $2.32 which  vested on
December  5, 1998,  but which  expired due to the  company's  failure to achieve
certain financial  performance targets.  Options to purchase 50,000 shares at an
exercise  price of $3.50  which vest on December  5, 1999  (contingent  upon Mr.
Vizas' continued  employment as of such date), options to purchase up to 100,000
shares of common  stock at an exercise  price of $3.50 which vest on December 5,
1999 (contingent  upon Mr. Vizas'  continued  employment as of such date and the
attainment of certain financial performance targets), options to purchase 50,000
shares at an exercise price of $4.50 which vest on December 5, 2000  (contingent
upon Mr. Vizas'  continued  employment as of such date), and options to purchase
up to 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.50 which vest on
December 5, 2000  (contingent  upon Mr. Vizas'  continued  employment as of such
date and the attainment of certain financial performance  targets).  Each of the
options has a term of five years.

     Mr. Vizas'  employment  agreement  provides that, if eGlobe  terminates Mr.
Vizas'  employment other than pursuant to a "termination  for cause",  Mr. Vizas
shall  continue  to  receive,  for  one  year  commencing  on the  date  of such
termination,  his  full  base  salary,  any  bonus  that  is  earned  after  the
termination of  employment,  and all other  benefits and  compensation  that Mr.
Vizas would have been entitled to under his employment  agreement in the absence
of termination of employment (the "Vizas  Severance  Amount").  "Termination for
cause" is defined as  termination  by eGlobe  because  of  personal  dishonesty,
willful  misconduct,   breach  of  fiduciary  duty  involving  personal  profit,
intentional  failure to perform  stated  duties,  willful  violation of any law,
rule, or regulation  (other than traffic  violations  or similar  offenses),  or
material breach of any provision of his employment agreement.

     If there is an early  termination  of Mr.  Vizas'  employment  following  a
"change of control," Mr. Vizas would be entitled to a lump cash payment equal to
the Vizas  Severance  Amount.  Additionally,  if during  the term of Mr.  Vizas'
employment  agreement there is a "change in control" of eGlobe and in connection
with or within two years  after such  change of control  eGlobe  terminates  Mr.
Vizas'  employment  other  than  "termination  for  cause,"  all of the  options
described  above  will  vest in full to the  extent  and at such  time that such
options  would have vested if Mr. Vizas had remained  employed for the remainder
of the term of his employment agreement. A "change of control" is deemed to have
taken place under Mr. Vizas employment agreement, among other things, if (i) any
person becomes the beneficial owner of 20% or more of the total number of voting
shares of eGlobe;  (ii) any person becomes the beneficial  owner of 10% or more,
but less than 20%, of the total number of voting shares of eGlobe,  if the Board
of Directors makes a determination that such beneficial ownership constitutes or
will  constitute  control  of  eGlobe;  or (iii) as the  result of any  business
combination,  the persons who were  directors of eGlobe before such  transaction
shall cease to constitute at least two-thirds of the Board of Directors.

     On  September  22,  1997,  we  entered  into a new  three  year  employment
agreement with Anthony Balinger.  Pursuant to his new employment agreement,  Mr.
Balinger served as eGlobe's



                                       62




President and Chief  Executive  Officer until November 10, 1997 when he resigned
that  position and was  appointed  Senior Vice  President  and Vice  Chairman of
eGlobe.  Mr. Balinger's  employment  agreement  provides for a minimum salary of
$150,000  per  annum,  reimbursement  of  certain  expenses,  a $1,600 per month
housing allowance,  and payment for health,  dental and disability insurance and
various other benefits.  Mr. Balinger's  employment  agreement also provides for
payment  of one  year  severance  pay  paid out  over  time,  relocation  to the
Philippines,  buy-out  of his auto  lease and a 90 day  exercise  period for his
vested options after  termination  if eGlobe  terminates  Mr.  Balinger  without
"cause."  "Cause" is defined as any  criminal  conviction  for an offense by Mr.
Balinger  involving  dishonesty  or moral  turpitude,  any  misappropriation  of
Company  funds or property or a willful  disregard of any  directive of eGlobe's
Board of Directors.  This  employment  agreement  superseded a prior  employment
agreement.

     On February 1, 1998, the Company entered into an employment  agreement with
Colin Smith  pursuant to which Mr.  Smith  agreed to serve as Vice  President of
Legal Affairs and General Counsel of the Company through  December 31, 2000. Mr.
Smith's  employment  agreement  provides  for a minimum  salary of $125,000  per
annum,  reimbursement of certain expenses, annual and quarterly bonuses based on
financial  performance targets to be adopted by the Chairman and Chief Executive
and Mr.  Smith,  and the grant of options to  purchase an  aggregate  of 100,000
shares of Common  Stock.  The  options  granted  to Mr.  Smith  pursuant  to his
employment  agreement  are  comprised  of options to purchase  33,333  shares of
Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.125 which vested on February 1, 1999 but
which  expired  due  to the  Company's  failure  to  achieve  certain  financial
performance  targets,  33,333  shares of Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of
$3.125  which  will  vest on  February  1,  2000  (contingent  upon Mr.  Smith's
continued  employment as of such date and the  attainment  of certain  financial
performance  targets) and 33,334 shares of Common Stock at an exercise  price of
$3.125  which  will  vest on  February  1,  2001  (contingent  upon Mr.  Smith's
continued  employment as of such date and the  attainment  of certain  financial
performance targets).  Each of the options have a term of five years. Vesting of
all options  will  accelerate  in the event that the current  Chairman and Chief
Executive  Officer  (Christopher  J.  Vizas)  ceases to be the  Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company  and Mr.  Smith's  employment  terminates  or  reasonable
advance notice of such termination is given.

     Mr. Smith's  employment  agreement provides that, if the Company terminates
Mr. Smith's employment other than pursuant to a "termination for cause" or after
a material  breach of the employment  agreement by the Company,  Mr. Smith shall
continue to receive, for six months (in all cases thereafter)  commencing on the
date of such  termination,  his full base salary,  any annual or quarterly bonus
that has been earned  before  termination  of  employment or is earned after the
termination of employment (where Mr. Smith met the applicable  performance goals
prior to termination  and the Company meets the applicable  Company  performance
goals after termination), and all other benefits and compensation that Mr. Smith
would have been  entitled to under his  employment  agreement  in the absence of
termination of employment (the "Smith  Severance  Amount").  A "termination  for
cause" is defined as termination by the Company because of Mr. Smith's (i) fraud
or  material  misappropriation  with  respect to the  business  or assets of the
Company;  (ii) persistent  refusal or willful failure  materially to perform his
duties and  responsibilities  to the Company,  which  continues  after Mr. Smith
receives  notice of such  refusal or failure;  (iii)  conduct  that  constitutes
disloyalty to the Company and which materially harms the Company or conduct that


                                       63




constitutes breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;  (iv) conviction
of a felony or crime,  or willful  violation of any law,  rule,  or  regulation,
involving  moral  turpitude;  (v) the use of drugs or alcohol  which  interferes
materially with Mr. Smith's  performance of his duties;  or (vi) material breach
of any provision of his employment agreement.

     If during the term of Mr. Smith's  employment  agreement there is a "change
in control" of the Company and in connection with or within two years after such
change of control the  Company  terminates  Mr.  Smith's  employment  other than
"termination  for cause" or Mr. Smith  terminates with good reason,  the Company
shall  be  obligated,  concurrently  with  such  termination,  to pay the  Smith
Severance  Amount in a single lump sum cash payment to Mr.  Smith.  A "change of
control" is deemed to have taken place under Mr. Smith's  employment  agreement,
among other things,  if (i) any person  becomes the  beneficial  owner of 35% or
more of the total number of voting shares of the Company, (ii) the Company sells
substantially  all of its  assets,  (iii) the Company  merges or  combines  with
another  company and  immediately  following  such  transaction  the persons and
entities who were  stockholders  of the Company  before the merger own less than
50% of the stock of the merged or combined entity,  or (iv) the current Chairman
and  Chief  Executive  Officer  (Christopher  J.  Vizas)  ceases to be the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company.


COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION  

     Mr.  Vizas,  our  Chief  Executive  Officer,  serves  as a  member  of  the
Compensation  Committee  of the Board of  Directors.  Although  Mr.  Vizas makes
recommendations  to the  Compensation  Committee of the Board of Directors  with
regard to the other executive officers,  including Named Executive Officers,  he
did not participate in the Compensation  Committee's  deliberations with respect
to his own compensation.


COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The Compensation  Committee,  which includes Messrs.  Vizas,  Gerrity,  and
Krinsley,  is responsible for approving all compensation for senior officers and
employees,  making  recommendations  to the Board  with  respect to the grant of
stock  options and  eligibility  requirements,  including  grants  under and the
requirements  of our stock option  plans and may make grants to directors  under
the Directors Stock Option Plan. The  Compensation  Committee  believes that the
actions of each  executive  officer have the potential to impact our  short-term
and long-term profitability and considers the impact of each executive officer's
performance in designing and administering the executive compensation program.

     During the nine month period ended  December 31, 1998,  under the direction
of our new Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer (retained in December 1997), we
hired a number of new executive officers.  We negotiated  compensation with each
officer. The Compensation Committee has obtained two salary surveys, obtained by
eGlobe  regarding  the   compensation   practices  of  other  companies  in  the
communications  or  related  industries  and  believes  that  the new  executive
officers'   compensation  is  consistent   with  salary   surveys.   In  setting
compensation,  the Compensation  Committee adhered to the following  philosophy,
objectives and policies:


                                       64




     PHILOSOPHY  AND  OBJECTIVES.  The  purpose  of our  executive  compensation
program is to: (i) attract,  motivate and retain key executives  responsible for
our success of as a whole; (ii) increase  stockholder  value; (iii) increase our
overall  performance;  and  (iv)  increase  the  performance  of the  individual
executive.

     EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION  POLICIES.  The Compensation  Committee's executive
compensation policies are designed to provide competitive levels of compensation
that integrate compensation with our short-term and long-term performance goals,
reward above-average corporate performance,  recognize individual initiative and
achievements,  and assist us in attracting and retaining  qualified  executives.
The two salary surveys,  indicate that the levels of executive officers' overall
compensation  is at or below the mid range of  salaries  of  similarly  situated
senior executives in the  communications or related  industries.  In determining
the incentive  portions of executive  compensation  levels,  particular  factors
apart from industry  comparables which the Compensation  Committee  believes are
important are growth in revenues,  completion of our financing  plans,  or other
major transactions or corporate goals, implementation of our strategic plan and,
on a longer term basis, growth in stockholder value measured by stock price.

     Our executive  compensation  structure is comprised of base salary,  annual
cash  performance  bonuses,  long-term  compensation in the form of stock option
grants, and various benefits,  including  medical,  and other benefits generally
available to all our employees.

     BASE  SALARY.  In  establishing  appropriate  levels  of base  salary,  the
Compensation  Committee  negotiated with its new executives,  considering  their
functions,  the significant level of commitment  required to advance eGlobe to a
higher level of competitiveness, our size and growth rate and other factors. The
Compensation  Committee has obtained the salary surveys of similar  companies in
the local area. According to the surveys, executive base salaries generally were
in the  mid  range  salary  levels  of  similarly  sized  companies  in  similar
industries.

     Annual Performance Bonuses. During the nine month period ended December 31,
1998, the Compensation  Committee placed increased reliance on cash bonuses as a
significant portion of compensation for executives. Generally, potential bonuses
have ranged up to 50% of a senior executive's annual base salary and are paid on
an quarterly or annual  basis.  The actual amount of a bonus grant is determined
based  upon  performance   criteria   detailed  in  written   performance  goals
established  based  upon  discussions  between  the  senior  executive  and  the
Company's human resource and/or senior management.  Performance criteria include
the achievement of financial  targets expressed in gross revenues and EBITDA and
other  criteria  based  upon  the  Company's  performance  and the  individual's
achievements during the course of the year.

     Salary Increases and Bonus Awards: The Compensation  Committee expects that
future  salary  increases  and bonuses will be based on  performance,  either by
eGlobe or individual performance by the executive officer.

     Stock Options and Stock  Appreciation  Rights:  The Compensation  Committee
expects that stock options will continue to play an important  role in executive
officer  compensation.  The Compensation  Committee has decided not to grant any
more tandem stock  appreciation  rights with stock  options.  The members of the
Committee  believe  that stock  options not only  encourage



                                       65




performance  by our  executive  officers  but they  align the  interests  of our
executive  officers with the interests of our stockholders.  The number of stock
options  granted to each senior  executive  officer is determined  subjectively,
both  at the  time we hire  that  executive  and  subsequently  for  performance
achievement,   based  on  a  number  of  factors,   including  the  individual's
anticipated  degree of  responsibility,  salary  level,  performance  milestones
achieved and stock option  awards by other  similarly  sized  communications  or
related companies.  Stock option grants by the Compensation  Committee generally
are  under  our  employee  stock  option  and  appreciation  rights  plan at the
prevailing  market value and will have value only if our stock price  increases.
Grants  made  by the  Compensation  Committee  generally  vest in  equal  annual
installments  over the five year grant  period;  executives  must be employed by
eGlobe at the time of vesting to exercise the options.  Option grants to Messrs.
Vizas,  Smith and Balinger are discussed above under "Employment  Agreements and
Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements."

     Employment Agreements. The compensation committee has previously authorized
the  agreements  with the  named  executive  officers  above  under  "Employment
Agreements and  Termination  of Employment and Change in Control  Arrangements."
The  compensation   committee  did  not,   however,   authorize  new  employment
arrangements  with any of the named  executive  officers  during the nine months
ended December 31, 1998.

                                                     COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
                                                     Christopher J. Vizas
                                                     Edward J. Gerrity, Jr.
                                                     Richard A. Krinsley


ITEM 12 - SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT

     The  following  table sets forth the  number  and  percentage  of shares of
eGlobe's common stock owned beneficially, as of March 31, 1999, by each Director
and executive officer of eGlobe,  and by all Directors and executive officers of
eGlobe  as a  group.  Information  as to  beneficial  ownership  is  based  upon
statements furnished to the Company by such persons.



Name and Address                                        Number of Shares                       Percent of
of Beneficial Owner                                     Owned of Record                       Common Stock
                                                      and Beneficially (1)                  Outstanding (2)
                                                                                             
Christopher J. Vizas                                      214,768 (3)                            1.00%
2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Suite 4800
Washington, D.C.  20006

Edward J. Gerrity, Jr.                                    107,150 (4)                              *
7 Sunset Lane
Rye, New York  10580

Anthony Balinger                                           91,043 (5)                              *
CLI Building, Room 2503
313-317 Hennessy Road
Wanchai, Hong Kong


                                       66






Name and Address                                        Number of Shares                       Percent of
of Beneficial Owner                                     Owned of Record                       Common Stock
                                                      and Beneficially (1)                  Outstanding (2)
                                                                                             
David W. Warnes                                            61,000 (6)                              *
1330 Charleston Road
Mountain View, California  94043

Richard A. Krinsley                                       110,182 (7)                              *
201 West Lyon Farm
Greenwich, Connecticut  06831

Martin L. Samuels                                          87,000 (8)                              *
3675 Delmont Avenue
Oakland, California  94605

Donald H. Sledge                                           60,000 (9)                              *
27 Cherry Hills Court
Alamo, CA  94507

James O. Howard                                           35,000 (10)                              *
2601 Airport Drive, Suite 370
Torrance, California  90505

John E. Koonce                                            78,525 (11)                              *
11416 Empire Lane
Rockville, Maryland  20852

Hsin Yen                                                  61,302 (12)                              *
IDX, International
11410 Isaac Newton Square,
Suite 100
Reston, Virginia  20190

Richard Chiang                                            858,292 (13)                           3.87%
Princeton Technology Corporation
2F, No. 233-1, Bao Chiao Road
Hsin Tien, Taipei Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C.

Allen Mandel                                              52,265 (14)                              *
9362 S. Mountain Brush Street
Highlands Ranch, Colorado  80126

Colin Smith                                               10,000 (15)                              *
4260 E. Evans Avenue
Denver, CO  80222


                                       67






Name and Address                                        Number of Shares                       Percent of
of Beneficial Owner                                     Owned of Record                       Common Stock
                                                      and Beneficially (1)                  Outstanding (2)
                                                                                             
Anne Haas                                                 15,616 (16)                              *
4260 E. Evans Avenue
Denver, CO  80222

All Named Executive Officers and Directors               1,864,343 (17)                          7.22 %
as a Group (14 persons) 

- - ----------
*    Less than 1%

(1)  In accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, a person is deemed to
     be a "beneficial  owner" of a security if he or she has or shares the power
     to vote or direct  the voting of such  security  or the power to dispose or
     direct the  disposition of such  security.  A person is also deemed to be a
     beneficial  owner of any  securities  of which that person has the right to
     acquire beneficial  ownership within 60 days from March 31, 1999. More than
     one person may be deemed to be a beneficial  owner of the same  securities.
     All persons shown in the table above have sole voting and investment power,
     except as otherwise  indicated.  This table includes shares of common stock
     subject to outstanding options granted pursuant to eGlobe's option plans.

(2)  For the purpose of computing the  percentage  ownership of each  beneficial
     owner,  any securities which were not outstanding but which were subject to
     options,  warrants, rights or conversion privileges held by such beneficial
     owner  exercisable  within  60  days  were  deemed  to  be  outstanding  in
     determining the percentage owned by such person,  but were deemed not to be
     outstanding in determining the percentage owned by any other person.

(3)  Includes  options to purchase  174,768  shares of common stock  exercisable
     within 60 days from March 31,  1999.  Does not include  options to purchase
     360,000  shares  of common  stock  which are not  exercisable  within  such
     period.

(4)  Includes  1,100  shares  held by Mr.  Gerrity as a trustee  and  options to
     purchase  96,050  shares of common  stock  exercisable  within 60 days from
     March 31,  1999.  Does not  include  options to purchase  11,331  shares of
     common stock which are not exercisable within such period.

(5)  Includes  options to purchase  90,043  shares of common  stock  exercisable
     within 60 days from March 31,  1999.  Does not include  options to purchase
     31,667 shares of common stock which are not exercisable within such period.

(6)  Consists solely of options to purchase common stock  exercisable  within 60
     days from March 31,  1999.  Does not  include  options to  purchase  10,000
     shares of common stock which are not exercisable within such period.

(7)  Includes  options to purchase  46,000  shares of common  stock  exercisable
     within 60 days from March 31,  1999.  Does not include  options to purchase
     10,000 shares of common stock which are not exercisable within such period.

(8)  Includes  options to purchase  30,000  shares of common  stock  exercisable
     within 60 days from March 31,  1999.  Does not include  options to purchase
     10,000 shares of common stock which are not exercisable within such period.


                                       68




(9)  Consists solely of options to purchase common stock  exercisable  within 60
     days from March 31,  1999.  Does not  include  options to  purchase  10,000
     shares of common stock which are not exercisable within such period.

(10) Consists solely of options to purchase common stock  exercisable  within 60
     days from March 31,  1999.  Does not  include  options to  purchase  10,000
     shares of common stock which are not exercisable within such period.

(11) Consists solely of options to purchase common stock  exercisable  within 60
     days from March 31,  1999.  Does not  include  options to  purchase  95,000
     shares of common stock which are not exercisable within such period.

(12) Includes  (i) 57,696  shares of common stock  issuable  within 60 days from
     March 31, 1999 upon the  conversion of the Series B  Convertible  Preferred
     Stock and (ii)  warrants to purchase  3,606 shares of common stock owned by
     HILK International, Inc. of which Mr. Yen is the sole stockholder. Does not
     include  warrants  owned by HILK  International,  Inc. to  purchase  72,120
     shares of common stock not exercisable within such period.

(13) Includes (i) 807,804  shares of common stock  issuable  within 60 days from
     March 31, 1999 upon the  conversion of the Series B  Convertible  Preferred
     Stock (ii)  warrants to  purchase  50,488  shares of common  stock owned by
     Chatwick  Investments,  Ltd., of which Mr. Chiang is the sole  stockholder.
     Does not include warrants owned by Chatwick  Investments,  Ltd. to purchase
     1,009,755 shares of common stock not exercisable with such period.

(14) Includes  options to purchase  44,355  shares of common  stock  exercisable
     within 60 days from March 31,  1999.  Does not include  options to purchase
     75,121 shares of common stock which are not exercisable within such period.

(15) Consists solely of options to purchase common stock  exercisable  within 60
     days from March 31,  1999.  Does not  include  options to  purchase  81,667
     shares of common stock not exercisable within 60 days from May 31, 1998.

(16) Consists solely of options to purchase common stock  exercisable  within 60
     days from March 31,  1999.  Does not  include  options to  purchase  21,667
     shares of common stock which are not exercisable within such period.

(17) Includes (i) options to purchase 746,581 shares of common stock exercisable
     within 60 days from March 31, 1999 and (ii) 865,000  shares of common stock
     issuable upon conversion of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock within
     60 days from March 31,  1999.  Does not  include  (i)  options to  purchase
     968,454  shares of common  stock or (ii)  warrants  to  purchase  1,135,969
     shares of common stock not exercisable within such period.


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS

     The following  table sets forth the number and  percentage of shares of our
common  stock owned  beneficially,  as of March 31,  1999,  by any person who is
known  to us to be the  beneficial  owner  of 5% or  more of our  common  stock.
Information as to beneficial  ownership is based upon statements furnished to us
by such persons.


                                       69






                                                        Number of Shares                       Percent of
Name and Address                                         Owned of Record                      Common Stock
of Beneficial Owner                                   and Beneficially (1)                  Outstanding (2)

                                                                                             
Ronald L. Jensen (3)                                        4,555,000                            19.9%
5215 N. O'Connor, #300
Irving, Texas 75039
                                                            2,047,500                            8.75%
Vintage Products, Ltd. (4)
111 Arlosorov Street
Tel Aviv, Israel


(1)  In accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, a person is deemed to
     be a "beneficial  owner" of a security if he or she has or shares the power
     to vote or direct  the voting of such  security  or the power to dispose or
     direct the  disposition of such  security.  A person is also deemed to be a
     beneficial  owner of any  securities  of which that person has the right to
     acquire beneficial  ownership within 60 days from March 31, 1999. More than
     one person may be deemed to be a beneficial  owner of the same  securities.
     All persons shown in the table above have sole voting and investment power,
     except as otherwise indicated.

(2)  For the purpose of computing the  percentage  ownership of each  beneficial
     owner,  any securities which were not outstanding but which were subject to
     options,  warrants, rights or conversion privileges held by such beneficial
     owner  exercisable  within  60  days  were  deemed  to  be  outstanding  in
     determining  the  percentage  owned by such  person,  but  were not  deemed
     outstanding in determining the percentage owned by any other person.

(3)  Includes  1,555,000  shares of common  stock  issuable  within 60 days from
     March  31,  1999  upon  the  conversion  of  the  8%  Series  E  Cumulative
     Convertible  Redeemable  Preferred Stock owned by EXTL Investors LLC ("EXTL
     Investors"),  of which Mr. Jensen and his wife, Gladys Jensen, are the sole
     members.  Does not include (i)  1,052,941  shares of common stock  issuable
     upon  conversion  of the 8%  Series  E  Cumulative  Convertible  Redeemable
     Preferred  Stock owned by EXTL  Investors and (ii)  warrants  owned by EXTL
     Investors  to purchase  1,000,000  shares of common  stock which may not be
     issued  unless  shareholder  approval  is  obtained.  These  amounts do not
     reflect  warrants to purchase  1,500,000  shares of common  stock issued to
     EXTL Investors in connections with the debt placement completed on April 9,
     1999. Mr. Jensen has disclaimed  beneficial  ownership of all of the shares
     owned by EXTL Investors in his statement filed with the Company. If none of
     the shares owned by EXTL  Investors  were  included,  then Mr. Jensen would
     beneficially own 3,000,000 shares (14.06%).

(4)  Includes (i) 1,875,000  shares of common stock issuable within 60 days from
     March 31, 1999 upon the  conversion  of 8% Series D Cumulative  Convertible
     Preferred  Stock and (ii)  warrants  to purchase  172,500  shares of common
     stock exercisable within 60 days from March 31, 1999.


                                       70





ITEM 13 - CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     In November 1998, we reached an agreement  with Mr. Ronald  Jensen,  who is
also our largest shareholder. The agreement concerned settlement of unreimbursed
costs and potential claims.  Mr. Jensen had purchased $7.5 million of our Common
Stock in a private  placement in June 1997 and later was elected Chairman of our
Board of Directors.  After  approximately  three months, Mr. Jensen resigned his
position,  citing both other business demands and the challenges of managing our
business.  During his tenure as Chairman,  Mr. Jensen  incurred  staff and other
costs that were not billed to eGlobe. Also, Mr. Jensen subsequently communicated
with our current  management,  indicating  there were a number of issues  raised
during his  involvement  with  eGlobe  relating to the  provisions  of his share
purchase agreement which could result in claims against us.

     To resolve all current and potential  issues,  Mr. Jensen agreed with us to
exchange his current  holding of 1,425,000  shares of Common Stock for 75 shares
of our 8% Series C Cumulative  Convertible  Preferred Stock ("Series C Preferred
Stock"), which management estimated to have a fair market value of approximately
$3.4  million  and a face  value of $7.5  million.  The  terms  of the  Series C
Preferred  Stock permit Mr. Jensen to convert the Series C Preferred  Stock into
the number of shares equal to the face value of the  preferred  stock divided by
90% of common stock market price,  but with a minimum  conversion price of $4.00
per share and a maximum of $6.00 per share,  subject to  adjustment  if we issue
Common Stock for less than the  conversion  price.  The  difference  between the
estimated fair value of the Series C Preferred Stock to be issued and the market
value of the Common Stock surrendered  resulted in a one-time non-cash charge to
our statement of  operations of $1.0 million in the quarter ended  September 30,
1998 with a corresponding credit to stockholders' equity.

     In connection with subsequent issuances of securities which are convertible
into or  exercisable  for our Common  Stock,  we discussed  with Mr.  Jensen the
extent to which the conversion  price of the Series C Preferred  Stock should be
adjusted downward.  The parties agreed to exchange all of the outstanding Series
C Preferred Stock (convertible into 1,875,000 shares of Common Stock) for shares
of Common Stock,  which exchange  would have the same economic  effect as if the
Series C Preferred  Stock had been converted into Common Stock with an effective
conversion price of $2.50 per share. On February 16, 1999, we agreed to exchange
75 shares of Series C  Preferred  Stock then held by Mr.  Jensen  for  3,000,000
shares of Common Stock. The market value of the 1,125,000  incremental shares of
common stock will be recorded as a dividend in the first quarter of 1999.

     On December 31, 1998 two officers of the Company each loaned $50,000 to the
Company  for short term  needs.  The loans were  repaid,  including a 1% fee, in
February, 1999.

     In February 1999, we concluded a private  placement of $5 million with EXTL
Investors.  We  sold  50  shares  of  our 8%  Series  E  Cumulative  Convertible
Redeemable  Preferred Stock (the "Series E Preferred Stock"),  and warrants (the
"Series E  Warrants")  to purchase  (i) 723,000  shares of Common  Stock with an
exercise  price of $2.125 per share and (ii) 277,000 shares of Common Stock with
an exercise price of $.01 per share to the Jensen affiliate.

     The Series E Preferred Stock agreement allowed for the shares of the Series
E Preferred  Stock to be redeemed at a redemption  price equal to the face value
plus  accrued  dividends,  in cash or in


                                       71




Common  Stock,  at our option or at the option of any holder,  provided that the
holder had not previously exercised the convertibility option described,  at any
time following the date that is five years after we issue the Series E Preferred
Stock.  On April 9, 1999, in connection with the financing  describe below,  the
holder exercised the convertibility  option, as a result, the Series E Preferred
Stock is no longer redeemable.

     The shares of Series E Preferred Stock will automatically be converted into
shares of our Common Stock, on the earliest to occur of (x) the first date as of
which the last  reported  sales price of our Common  Stock on Nasdaq is $5.00 or
more for any 20  consecutive  trading  days during any period in which  Series E
Preferred  Stock is  outstanding,  (y) the date that 80% or more of the Series E
Preferred  Stock we have issued has been converted into Common Stock,  or (z) we
complete a public offering of equity securities at a price of at least $3.00 per
share  and with  gross  proceeds  to us of at least  $20  million.  The  initial
conversion  price  for the  Series E  Preferred  Stock  is  $2.125,  subject  to
adjustment if we issue Common Stock for less than the conversion price.

     On April 9,  1999,  we and our wholly  owned  subsidiary  eGlobe  Financing
Corporation  entered into a Loan and Note Purchase Agreement with EXTL Investors
(which,  together  with its  affiliates,  is our  largest  stockholder).  eGlobe
Financing  initially borrowed $7 million from EXTL Investors and we granted EXTL
Investors  warrants  (1/3  of  which  are  presently  exercisable)  to  purchase
1,500,000  shares of our Common Stock at an exercise price of $.01 per share. As
a condition to receiving  this $7 million loan,  we entered into a  Subscription
Agreement  with  eGlobe  Financing  under  which we have  irrevocably  agreed to
subscribe for eGlobe Financing stock for an aggregate  subscription  price of up
to $7,560,000 (the amount necessary to repay the loan and accrued interest).

     As part of the Loan and Note Purchase  Agreement,  EXTL Investors agreed to
purchase  $20  million  of 5%  Secured  Notes from  eGlobe  Financing,  upon our
request,  provided that we first obtain any required stockholder approval at our
next stockholder  meeting.  If we issue the Secured Notes to EXTL Investors,  we
must  repay the $7 million  initial  loan.  We also must  grant  EXTL  Investors
warrants to purchase  5,000,000  shares of our Common Stock at an exercise price
of $1.00 per share,  although 2/3 of the initial warrants to purchase  1,500,000
shares will expire at that time.

     If eGlobe  Financing does not issue Secured Notes for the $20 million after
we obtain  stockholder  approval  (or if we do not obtain  approval  at our next
annual stockholder meeting),  the $7 million loan must be repaid on the earliest
to occur of (i) April 9, 2000,  (ii) the date that we  complete  an  offering of
debt or equity  securities  from which we receive  net  proceeds of at least $30
million or (iii) the occurrence of an event of default. Also, 2/3 of the initial
warrants to purchase 1,500,000 shares will become exercisable at that time.

     The  Secured  Notes,  if  sold,  must be  repaid  in 36  specified  monthly
installments  commencing  on  the  first  month  following  issuance,  with  the
remaining unpaid principal and accrued interest being due in a lump sum with the
last payment.  The entire amount  becomes due earlier if we complete an offering
of debt or equity securities from which we receive net proceeds of at least $100
million (a  "Qualified  Offering").  The  principal  and interest of the Secured
Notes may be paid in cash.  However,  up to 50% of the original principal amount
of the Notes may be paid in our Common  Stock at our  option if (i) the  closing
price of our  Common  Stock on  Nasdaq  is $8.00 or more for any 15 



                                       72




consecutive  trading  days,  (ii)  we  close a  public  offering  of our  equity
securities at a price of at least $5.00 per share and with gross  proceeds to us
of at least $30 million,  or (iii) we close a Qualified  Offering (at a price of
at least $5.00 per share, in the case of an offering of equity securities).

     The  proceeds  of  these  financings  will be  used  by us to fund  capital
expenditures  relating to our network of IP trunks and intelligent platforms for
calling card and unified messaging services, and for working capital and general
corporate  purposes.  The  proceeds of the  Secured  Notes would also be used to
repay the $7 million  initial  loan and our  approximately  $8 million of senior
indebtedness to IDT Corporation.

     If  eGlobe   Financing   issues  the  Secured   Notes,   we  will  transfer
substantially  all of our  operating  assets  to eGlobe  Financing  so that EXTL
Investors can have a security interest in our assets to secure payment under the
Secured Notes. The security interest would be subject to certain  exceptions for
existing  debt and vendor  financing.  We and our operating  subsidiaries  would
guarantee payment of the Secured Notes.

     EXTL Investors also has agreed, under the Loan and Note Purchase Agreement,
to make  advances  to eGlobe  Financing  from time to time based  upon  eligible
accounts receivable. These advances may not exceed the lesser of 50% of eligible
accounts  receivable  and the  aggregate  amount of principal  payments  made by
eGlobe  Financing under the Secured Notes. We will guarantee  repayment of these
advances,  which also will be secured by the same  security  arrangement  as the
Secured Notes.

     The Loan and Note Purchase  Agreement  contains several  covenants which we
believe are fairly customary, including prohibitions on:

     (i) mergers and sales of substantially all assets;

     (ii) sales of material  assets  other than on an arm's  length basis and in
the ordinary course;

     (iii) encumbering any of our assets (except for certain permitted liens);

     (iv)  incurring  or having  outstanding  indebtedness  other  than  certain
permitted debt (which includes  certain  existing debt and future  equipment and
facilities financing), or prepaying any subordinated indebtedness; or

     (v) paying any dividends or distributions on any class of our capital stock
(other than any dividend on outstanding  preferred stock or additional preferred
stock  issued in the future) or  repurchasing  any shares of our  capital  stock
(subject to certain exceptions).

     The Loan and Note  Purchase  Agreement  contains  several  fairly  standard
events of default, including:

     (i)  non-payment of any principal or interest on the $7 million loan or the
Secured Notes, or non- payment of $250,000 or more on any other indebtedness;


                                       73




     (ii)  failure to perform any  obligation  under the Loan and Note  Purchase
Agreement or related documents;

     (iii)  breach  of any  representation  or  warranty  in the  Loan  and Note
Purchase Agreement;

     (iv)  inability  to pay our debts as they  become  due,  or  initiation  or
consent  to  judicial   proceedings   relating  to  bankruptcy,   insolvency  or
reorganization;

     (vi) dissolution or winding up, unless approved by EXTL Investors; and

     (vi) final judgment ordering payment in excess of $250,000.






                                       74




                            EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.
                               D/B/A EGLOBE, INC.
                                     PART IV


ITEM 14 - EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

a)   1.   The financial  statements are included in Part II, Item 8 beginning at
          Page F-1:

     2.   Financial Statement Schedule

          []   Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

b)   Reports on Form 8-K:

     1.        A report on Form 8-K dated  June 24,  1998 under Item 5 was filed
          with the  Commission  on June 24,  1998 to report  the  signing of the
          definitive agreement to acquire IDX International, Inc.

     2.        A report on Form 8-K dated August 12, 1998 under Item 5 was filed
          with the  Commission  on August 12,  1998 to report the signing of the
          definitive    agreement   to   acquire   Connectsoft    Communications
          Corporation.

     3.        A report on Form 8-K dated  December  17,  1998  under Item 2 was
          filed with the  Commission  on December 17, 1998 to report the closing
          of the acquisition of IDX International, Inc.

     4.        A report on Form 8-K dated  March 1, 1999  under Item 2 was filed
          with the  Commission  on March 1, 1999 to report  the  closing  of the
          acquisition of Telekey, Inc.


Exhibits: 

     2.1  Agreement  and Plan of  Merger,  dated  June 10,  1998,  by and  among
          Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd., IDX International,  Inc., EXTEL Merger Sub
          No.  1,  Inc.  and  the  stockholders  of  IDX   International,   Inc.
          (Incorporated  by reference  to Exhibit 2.1 in Current  Report on Form
          8-K of Executive TeleCard, Ltd. dated June 24, 1998).

     2.2  Consent and Extension,  dated August 27, 1998, by and among  Executive
          TeleCard, Ltd., IDX International,  Inc., EXTEL Merger Sub No. 1, Inc.
          and  Jeffey  Gee,  as   representative  of  the  stockholders  of  IDX
          International,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  2.2 in
          Current Report on Form 8-K of Executive TeleCard,  Ltd. dated December
          17, 1998).


                                       75




     2.3  Amendment  No. 2 to Agreement  and Plan of Merger,  dated  October __,
          1998, by and among Executive TeleCard, Ltd., IDX International,  Inc.,
          EXTEL   Merger  Sub  No.  1,  Inc.   and  the   stockholders   of  IDX
          International,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  2.3 in
          Current Report on Form 8-K of Executive TeleCard,  Ltd. dated December
          17, 1998).

     2.4  Agreement and Plan of  Acquisition,  dated  September 30, 1998, by and
          among  Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd., UCI Tele Networks,  Ltd. and United
          Communications International LLC.

     2.5  Agreement  and Plan of Merger,  dated  February 3, 1999,  by and among
          Executive TeleCard, Ltd., Telekey, Inc., eGlobe Merger Sub No. 2, Inc.
          and the  stockholders of Telekey,  Inc.  (Incorporated by reference to
          Exhibit 2.1 in Current Report on Form 8-K of Executive TeleCard,  Ltd.
          dated March 1, 1999).

     3.1  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  as amended July 26, 1996 and
          August 29, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 in Quarterly
          Report on Form 10-Q of  Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd.  for  period  ended
          September 30, 1996).

     3.2  Certificate  of Correction to Certificate of Amendment to the Restated
          Certificate  of  Incorporation  dated July 31, 1998  (Incorporated  by
          reference to Exhibit 3 in  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q of Executive
          TeleCard, Ltd. for period ended June 30, 1998).

     3.3  Amended and Restated Bylaws  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4
          in Annual  Report on Form 10-K of  Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd.  for the
          fiscal year ended March 31, 1998).

     3.4  Amendment to Bylaws.

     4.1  Rights  Agreement  dated as of  February  18, 1997  between  Executive
          TeleCard,  Ltd. and American  Stock  Transfer & Trust  Company,  which
          includes the form of  Certificate  of  Designations  setting forth the
          terms of the  Series A  Participating  Preference  Stock of  Executive
          TeleCard,  Ltd. as Exhibit A, the form of right certificate as Exhibit
          B and the Summary of Rights to Purchase Preference Shares as Exhibit C
          (Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 1 in Registration  Statement on
          Form 8-A of Executive TeleCard, Ltd. dated February 26, 1997).

     4.2  Form of Letter from the Board of Directors of Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
          to   Stockholders   mailed  with  copies  of  the  Summary  of  Rights
          (Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 2 in Registration  Statement on
          Form 8-A of Executive TeleCard, Ltd. dated February 26, 1997).



                                       76




     4.3  Certificate  of  Designations,  Rights  and  Preferences  of  Series B
          Convertible Preferred Stock of Executive TeleCard,  Ltd. (Incorporated
          by reference to Exhibit 4.1 in Current Report on Form 8-K of Executive
          TeleCard, Ltd. dated December 17, 1998).

     4.4  Form of Warrant by and between  Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd. and each of
          the stockholders of IDX International, Inc. (Incorporated by reference
          to Exhibit 4.2 in Current  Report on Form 8-K of  Executive  TeleCard,
          Ltd. dated June 24, 1998).

     4.5  Forms of  Convertible  Subordinated  Promissory  Notes  payable to the
          stockholders  of IDX  International,  Inc. in the aggregate  principal
          amount of  $5,000,000  (Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit 4.3 in
          Current Report on Form 8-K of Executive TeleCard,  Ltd. dated December
          17, 1998).

     4.6  Form  of  Convertible  Subordinated  Promissory  Note  payable  to the
          preferred  stockholders  of IDX  International,  Inc. in the aggregate
          principal amount of $418,024 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4
          in  Current  Report  on Form 8-K of  Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd.  dated
          December 17, 1998).

     4.7  Forms  of   Promissory   Notes   payable   to  United   Communications
          International LLC in the aggregate principal amount of $2,025,000.

     4.8  Forms of  Warrant  to  purchase  shares of common  stock of  Executive
          TeleCard, Ltd.

     4.9  Certificate  of  Designations,  Rights and  Preferences of 8% Series C
          Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock of Executive TeleCard, Ltd.

     4.10 Certificate  of  Designations,  Rights and  Preferences of 8% Series D
          Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock of Executive TeleCard, Ltd. and
          Certificate of Correction of Series D Preferred  Stock  Certificate of
          Designations.

     4.11 Certificate  of  Designations,  Rights and  Preferences of 8% Series E
          Cumulative   Convertible   Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  of  Executive
          TeleCard, Ltd.

     4.12 Certificate  of  Designations,  Rights  and  Preferences  of  Series F
          Convertible Preferred Stock of Executive TeleCard,  Ltd. (Incorporated
          by reference to Exhibit 4.1 in Current Report on Form 8-K of Executive
          TeleCard, Ltd. dated March 1, 1999).

     4.13 Compensation  Agreement  dated  September  2, 1998  between  Executive
          TeleCard,  Ltd., C-Soft  Acquisition  Corp. and Brookshire  Securities
          Corp., providing a warrant to purchase 2,500 shares of common stock of
          Executive TeleCard, Ltd.

     4.14 Agreement dated June 18, 1998 by and between Executive TeleCard,  Ltd.
          and Seymour Gordon.

                                       77




     4.15 Promissory Note in the original  principal  amount of $1,000,000 dated
          June 18, 1998 between Executive TeleCard, Ltd. and Seymour Gordon.

     4.16 Warrant  to  purchase  500,000  shares  of common  stock of  Executive
          TeleCard,  Ltd.  dated  February  23, 1998  issued to IDT  Corporation
          (Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10.15 in Annual Report on Form
          10-K of Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd. for the fiscal year ended March 31,
          1998).

     4.17 Promissory Note of C-Soft  Acquisition  Corp., as maker, and Executive
          TeleCard,  Ltd., as guarantor,  payable to Dr. J. Soni in the original
          principal  amount of $250,000  dated  September  1, 1998,  providing a
          warrant  to  purchase  25,000  shares  of  common  stock of  Executive
          TeleCard, Ltd.

     4.18 Form of  Warrant  to  purchase  1,500,000  shares of  common  stock of
          Executive TeleCard, Ltd. issued to EXTL Investors LLC.

     10.1 Agreement  between Executive  TeleCard S.A.  (Switzerland) and Telstra
          Corporation  Limited  (Australia) for Enhancement of Telecom Australia
          Calling  Card  dated  August 3, 1993  (Incorporated  by  reference  to
          Exhibit 10.12 in Form 10-K of Executive TeleCard,  Ltd. for the fiscal
          year ended March 31,  1996).  This  Agreement is subject to a grant of
          confidential  treatment filed separately with the U.S.  Securities and
          Exchange Commission.

     10.2 Promissory Note and Stock Option Agreement between Executive TeleCard,
          Ltd. and World Wide Export, Ltd. dated February 28, 1996 (Incorporated
          by reference to Exhibit 10.20 in Form 10-K of Executive TeleCard, Ltd.
          for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996).

     10.3 Promissory Note and Stock Option Agreement between Executive TeleCard,
          Ltd. and Seymour  Gordon  dated  February  28, 1996  (Incorporated  by
          reference to Exhibit  10.21 in Form 10-K of Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd.
          for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996).

     10.4 Promissory Note and Stock Option Agreement between Executive TeleCard,
          Ltd.  and  Network  Data   Systems,   Limited   dated  June  27,  1996
          (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 in Quarterly Report on Form
          10-Q of Executive TeleCard, Ltd. for the period ended June 30, 1996).

     10.5 Settlement  Agreement dated April 2, 1998 between Executive  TeleCard,
          Ltd.  and  parties  to In  re:  Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd.  Securities
          Litigation,   Case  No.  94  Civ.  7846  (CLB),   U.S.D.C.,   S.D.N.Y.
          (Incorporated  by reference  to Exhibit 10.8 in Annual  Report on Form
          10-K of Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd. for the fiscal year ended March 31,
          1998).


                                       78




      10.6  1995 Employee Stock Option and Appreciation  Rights Plan, as amended
            and  restated  (Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.9 in Annual
            Report on Form 10-K of Executive TeleCard,  Ltd. for the fiscal year
            ended March 31, 1998).

      10.7  1995 Directors Stock Option and Appreciation Rights Plan, as amended
            and restated.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 in Annual
            Report on Form 10-K of Executive TeleCard,  Ltd. for the fiscal year
            ended March 31, 1998).

      10.8  Employment Agreement for Christopher J. Vizas dated December 5, 1997
            (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 in Quarterly Report on Form
            10-Q of Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd. for the period ended December 31,
            1997).

      10.9  Employment   Agreement  for  Colin  Smith  dated  February  1,  1998
            (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 in Annual Report on Form
            10-K of Executive TeleCard, Ltd. for the fiscal year ended March 31,
            1998).

      10.10 Employment Agreement for Hsin Yen, as Chief Executive Officer of IDX
            International, Inc. dated December 2, 1998.

      10.11 Promissory Note dated February 23, 1998 between Executive  TeleCard,
            Ltd. and IDT Corporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14
            in Annual  Report on Form 10-K of Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd. for the
            fiscal year ended March 31, 1998).

      10.12 Contract  of  Services,  dated  January 5, 1995,  between  Executive
            TeleCard,  Ltd. and Telefonos de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.  (Incorporated
            by  reference  to Exhibit  10.19 in Annual  Report on Form 10-K/A of
            Executive TeleCard, Ltd. for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998).

      10.13 Modification  Agreement,  dated as of June 17, 1996,  by and between
            Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd.  and  Telefonos  de Mexico,  S.A. de C.V.
            (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 in Annual Report on Form
            10-K/A of Executive  TeleCard,  Ltd. for the fiscal year ended March
            31, 1998).

      10.14 Agreement  (Facility Lease) dated December 1, 1998 between Swiftcall
            Equipment and Services (USA) Inc. and Executive TeleCard, Ltd.

      10.15 Form of  Promissory  Note  payable  to the  former  stockholders  of
            Telekey,  Inc.  in  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $150,000.
            (Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 4.2 in Current Report on Form
            8-K of Executive TeleCard, Ltd. dated March 1, 1999).


                                       79




      10.16 Loan and Note  Purchase  Agreement  dated April 9, 1999 between EXTL
            Investors LLC, eGlobe Financing  Corporation and Executive TeleCard,
            Ltd.

      10.17 Form  of  Promissory  Note  in  the  original  principal  amount  of
            $7,000,000  dated  April 9,  1999 of  eGlobe  Financing  Corporation
            payable to EXTL Investors LLC.

      10.18 Subscription   Agreement  dated  April  9,  1999  between  Executive
            TeleCard, Ltd. and eGlobe Financing Corporation.

      21    Subsidiaries of Executive TeleCard, Ltd.

      23    Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP

      27    Financial Data Schedule

      99.1  Section 214 Authorization for Executive TeleCard, Ltd. (Incorporated
            by reference to Exhibit 10.5 in Form S-1  Registration  Statement of
            Executive TeleCard, Ltd. (No. 33-25572)).

      99.2  Assignment of Section 214 Authorization for IDX International, Inc.










                                       80




                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  Registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                 EXECUTIVE TELECARD, LTD.

                                   d/b/a eGlobe, Inc.



       Dated:  April 14, 1999    BY: /s/ Anne E. Haas
                                    -----------------------------------
                                                    Anne E. Haas
                                    Vice President, Controller and Treasurer
                                         (Principal Accounting Officer)



Pursuant to the  requirement of the Securities Act of 1934, this report has been
signed  below by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the  registrant  and in
capacities and on the dates indicated.



       Dated: April 14, 1999     BY: /s/ Christopher J. Vizas
                                    --------------------------------
                                         Christopher J. Vizas
                                 Chairman of the Board of Directors, and Chief
                                 Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

       Dated: April 14, 1999     BY: /s/ Anthony Balinger
                                    --------------------------------
                                              Anthony Balinger,
                                         Vice Chairman and Director

       Dated: April 14, 1999     BY: /s/ Richard Chiang
                                    --------------------------------
                                         Richard Chiang, Director

       Dated: April 14, 1999     BY: /s/ Edward J. Gerrity
                                    --------------------------------
                                         Edward J. Gerrity, Director

       Dated: April 14, 1999     BY: /s/ James O. Howard
                                    --------------------------------
                                         James O. Howard, Director

       Dated: April 14, 1999     BY: /s/ John E. Koonce
                                    --------------------------------
                                                 John E. Koonce,
                                         Director and Chief Financial Officer

       Dated: April 14, 1999     BY: /s/ Richard A. Krinsley
                                    --------------------------------
                                         Richard A. Krinsley, Director



                                     81




                            Signatures Continued


       Dated: April 14, 1999     BY: /s/ Martin L. Samuels
                                    --------------------------------
                                         Martin L. Samuels, Director

       Dated: April 14, 1999     BY: /s/ Donald H. Sledge
                                    --------------------------------
                                         Donald H. Sledge, Director

       Dated: April 14, 1999     BY: /s/ David W. Warnes
                                    --------------------------------
                                         David W. Warnes, Director

       Dated: April 14, 1999     BY: /s/ Hsin Yen
                                    --------------------------------
                                         Hsin Yen, Director




                                       82


GLOSSARY

     "ATM" shall mean a  commercialized  switching and  transmission  technology
that is one of a general class of packet  technologies that relay traffic by way
of an address  contained  within  the first five bits of a standard  fifty-three
bit-long packet or cell.  ATM-based packet transport was specifically  developed
to allow switching and  transmission of mixed voice,  data and video  (sometimes
referred to as  "multi-media"  information) at varying rates. The ATM format can
be used by many different networks, including LANs.

     "Bit" shall mean the smallest unit in data communications.

     "Calling Card Platforms" shall mean  interactive call processing  platforms
from which the Company runs its proprietary routing, application and data access
software.

     "Carriers" shall mean providers of  telecommunications  services locally or
between local exchanges on a interstate or intrastate basis.

     "Data packets" shall mean blocks of information being sent or received over
a network.

     "800 Services" shall mean toll free services to the person making the call.
The call is billed to the recipient.


                                       83




     "FCC" shall mean Federal Communications Commission.

     "Frame relay" shall mean a high speed,  data packet switching  service used
to transmit digital  information,  including,  but not limited to voice and data
between Frame Relay Access Devices  (FRADs).  Frame relay supports data units of
variable  lengths at access  speeds  ranging  from 56 kilobits per second to 1.5
megabits  per second.  "Gateway"  shall mean the  connection  between  otherwise
incompatible networks,  such as technology necessary to translate or convert the
code and protocol used by PSTN networks for use on IP networks.

     "IP" or  "Internet  protocol"  shall  mean the  method of  transmission  of
electronic data typically utilized across the Internet

     "IP fax"  shall  mean the  ability  to route fax  transmission  over a data
packet switched network, including the Internet.

     "IP telephony"  shall mean the technology and the techniques to communicate
via voice,  video or image at varying speeds from real-time to time-delayed over
a data packet switched network, generally referring to the Internet.

     "IP voice"  shall mean the  ability to route voice calls over a data packet
switched network, including the Internet.

     "ISPs" or  "Internet  Service  Providers"  shall mean a vendor who provides
access for customers to the Internet and World Wide Web.

     "ISDN"  or  "Integrated  Services  Digital  Network"  shall  mean a complex
network  concept  designed  to  provide a variety  of  voice,  data and  digital
interface standards. Incorporated into ISDN are many new enhanced services, such
as high speed data file transfer,  desk top video conferencing,  telepublishing,
telecommuting,  telepresence learning (distance learning),  remote collaboration
(screened sharing), data network linking and home information services.

     "Kilobit"  shall mean one thousand  bits of  information.  The  information
carrying capacity of a circuit may be measured in "kilobits per second."

     "Low  cost  routing  or  transmission"  shall  mean the use of a  carrier's
facilities  that, based on cost advantages are preferable to use by a carrier of
its own facilities.

     "Megabit"  shall mean one  million  bits of  information.  The  information
carrying capacity of a circuit may be measured in "megabits per second."

     "Node" shall mean an individual  point of  origination  and  termination of
data on the network transported using frame relay or similar technology.

     "PIN" or  "personal  identification  number"  shall  mean a code  used by a
customer to complete a call with a calling card.


                                       84




     "Post-paid  calling card  services"  shall mean the service that entitles a
customer  to make  telephone  calls by  using a  telephone  card  and be  billed
subsequently for the service.  The customer  periodically pays for time actually
used in the same way a customer would pay for local telephone service from their
home. Mobile  professionals and other high volume and repetitive users often use
these services because the amount of telephone calling time is not limited.

     "Prepaid  calling card  services"  shall mean the service  that  entitles a
customer to purchase in advance a specified  amount of telephone  calling  time.
Generally companies sell prepaid telephone cards in many denominations up to $50
and the value of the card decreases as the customer makes calls.

     "PSTN" or "Public  Switched  Telephone  Network"  shall mean the world wide
voice  telephone  network  available  to  anyone  with a  telephone  and  access
privileges.

     "PTTs" or "Postal,  Telegraph  and  Telephone  Authorities"  shall mean the
telephone and  telecommunication  providers in most foreign  countries which are
usually controlled by their governments.

     "Remote office  services" shall mean  technology  which enables access from
personal  computers  or  telephones  to a  corporate  LAN  to  enable  a  mobile
professional  to access  voice,  electronic  mail and fax messages  from outside
their office.

     "Switch"  shall mean a device that opens or closes  circuits or selects the
paths or circuits to be used for  transmission  of  information.  Switching is a
process of interconnecting circuits to form a transmission path between users.

     "Unified  messaging"  shall mean a platform  which provides a single source
access to voice, electronic mail and fax messages.

     "World  Direct"  shall mean the network  over which the Company  originates
voice traffic in 88 countries and territories and terminates traffic anywhere in
the world.


                                       85